WO2003080764A1 - Phosphore de nitrure, procede de preparation de phosphore de nitrure et diode electroluminescente - Google Patents
Phosphore de nitrure, procede de preparation de phosphore de nitrure et diode electroluminescente Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2003080764A1 WO2003080764A1 PCT/JP2003/003418 JP0303418W WO03080764A1 WO 2003080764 A1 WO2003080764 A1 WO 2003080764A1 JP 0303418 W JP0303418 W JP 0303418W WO 03080764 A1 WO03080764 A1 WO 03080764A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- phosphor
- light
- nitride
- group
- light emitting
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L33/00—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
- H01L33/48—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
- H01L33/50—Wavelength conversion elements
- H01L33/501—Wavelength conversion elements characterised by the materials, e.g. binder
- H01L33/502—Wavelength conversion materials
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/59—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing silicon
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01B—NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS; COMPOUNDS THEREOF; METALLOIDS OR COMPOUNDS THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASS C01C
- C01B21/00—Nitrogen; Compounds thereof
- C01B21/06—Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals, with silicon, or with boron, or with carbon, i.e. nitrides; Compounds of nitrogen with more than one metal, silicon or boron
- C01B21/0602—Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals, with silicon, or with boron, or with carbon, i.e. nitrides; Compounds of nitrogen with more than one metal, silicon or boron with two or more other elements chosen from metals, silicon or boron
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01B—NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS; COMPOUNDS THEREOF; METALLOIDS OR COMPOUNDS THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASS C01C
- C01B21/00—Nitrogen; Compounds thereof
- C01B21/082—Compounds containing nitrogen and non-metals and optionally metals
- C01B21/0821—Oxynitrides of metals, boron or silicon
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B35/00—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products
- C04B35/01—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on oxide ceramics
- C04B35/44—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on oxide ceramics based on aluminates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B35/00—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products
- C04B35/515—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on non-oxide ceramics
- C04B35/58—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on non-oxide ceramics based on borides, nitrides, i.e. nitrides, oxynitrides, carbonitrides or oxycarbonitrides or silicides
- C04B35/584—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on non-oxide ceramics based on borides, nitrides, i.e. nitrides, oxynitrides, carbonitrides or oxycarbonitrides or silicides based on silicon nitride
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B35/00—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products
- C04B35/515—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on non-oxide ceramics
- C04B35/58—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on non-oxide ceramics based on borides, nitrides, i.e. nitrides, oxynitrides, carbonitrides or oxycarbonitrides or silicides
- C04B35/597—Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramics compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products based on non-oxide ceramics based on borides, nitrides, i.e. nitrides, oxynitrides, carbonitrides or oxycarbonitrides or silicides based on silicon oxynitride, e.g. SIALONS
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/0883—Arsenides; Nitrides; Phosphides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/77—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/77—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals
- C09K11/7701—Chalogenides
- C09K11/7702—Chalogenides with zinc or cadmium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/77—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals
- C09K11/7701—Chalogenides
- C09K11/7703—Chalogenides with alkaline earth metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/77—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals
- C09K11/7728—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals containing europium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/77—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals
- C09K11/7728—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals containing europium
- C09K11/7729—Chalcogenides
- C09K11/773—Chalcogenides with zinc or cadmium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/08—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
- C09K11/77—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals
- C09K11/7728—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing rare earth metals containing europium
- C09K11/7729—Chalcogenides
- C09K11/7731—Chalcogenides with alkaline earth metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01P—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
- C01P2002/00—Crystal-structural characteristics
- C01P2002/50—Solid solutions
- C01P2002/52—Solid solutions containing elements as dopants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01P—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
- C01P2002/00—Crystal-structural characteristics
- C01P2002/80—Crystal-structural characteristics defined by measured data other than those specified in group C01P2002/70
- C01P2002/84—Crystal-structural characteristics defined by measured data other than those specified in group C01P2002/70 by UV- or VIS- data
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01P—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
- C01P2004/00—Particle morphology
- C01P2004/01—Particle morphology depicted by an image
- C01P2004/03—Particle morphology depicted by an image obtained by SEM
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01P—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
- C01P2004/00—Particle morphology
- C01P2004/60—Particles characterised by their size
- C01P2004/61—Micrometer sized, i.e. from 1-100 micrometer
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/32—Metal oxides, mixed metal oxides, or oxide-forming salts thereof, e.g. carbonates, nitrates, (oxy)hydroxides, chlorides
- C04B2235/3224—Rare earth oxide or oxide forming salts thereof, e.g. scandium oxide
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/32—Metal oxides, mixed metal oxides, or oxide-forming salts thereof, e.g. carbonates, nitrates, (oxy)hydroxides, chlorides
- C04B2235/3224—Rare earth oxide or oxide forming salts thereof, e.g. scandium oxide
- C04B2235/3225—Yttrium oxide or oxide-forming salts thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/32—Metal oxides, mixed metal oxides, or oxide-forming salts thereof, e.g. carbonates, nitrates, (oxy)hydroxides, chlorides
- C04B2235/3224—Rare earth oxide or oxide forming salts thereof, e.g. scandium oxide
- C04B2235/3227—Lanthanum oxide or oxide-forming salts thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/32—Metal oxides, mixed metal oxides, or oxide-forming salts thereof, e.g. carbonates, nitrates, (oxy)hydroxides, chlorides
- C04B2235/3224—Rare earth oxide or oxide forming salts thereof, e.g. scandium oxide
- C04B2235/3229—Cerium oxides or oxide-forming salts thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/32—Metal oxides, mixed metal oxides, or oxide-forming salts thereof, e.g. carbonates, nitrates, (oxy)hydroxides, chlorides
- C04B2235/3286—Gallium oxides, gallates, indium oxides, indates, thallium oxides, thallates or oxide forming salts thereof, e.g. zinc gallate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/38—Non-oxide ceramic constituents or additives
- C04B2235/3852—Nitrides, e.g. oxynitrides, carbonitrides, oxycarbonitrides, lithium nitride, magnesium nitride
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/38—Non-oxide ceramic constituents or additives
- C04B2235/3852—Nitrides, e.g. oxynitrides, carbonitrides, oxycarbonitrides, lithium nitride, magnesium nitride
- C04B2235/3873—Silicon nitrides, e.g. silicon carbonitride, silicon oxynitride
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/02—Composition of constituents of the starting material or of secondary phases of the final product
- C04B2235/30—Constituents and secondary phases not being of a fibrous nature
- C04B2235/38—Non-oxide ceramic constituents or additives
- C04B2235/3895—Non-oxides with a defined oxygen content, e.g. SiOC, TiON
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C04—CEMENTS; CONCRETE; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES
- C04B—LIME, MAGNESIA; SLAG; CEMENTS; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, e.g. MORTARS, CONCRETE OR LIKE BUILDING MATERIALS; ARTIFICIAL STONE; CERAMICS; REFRACTORIES; TREATMENT OF NATURAL STONE
- C04B2235/00—Aspects relating to ceramic starting mixtures or sintered ceramic products
- C04B2235/70—Aspects relating to sintered or melt-casted ceramic products
- C04B2235/74—Physical characteristics
- C04B2235/76—Crystal structural characteristics, e.g. symmetry
- C04B2235/762—Cubic symmetry, e.g. beta-SiC
- C04B2235/764—Garnet structure A3B2(CO4)3
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/31—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/32—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process of an individual layer connector
- H01L2224/321—Disposition
- H01L2224/32151—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/32221—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/32245—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being metallic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
- H01L2224/4501—Shape
- H01L2224/45012—Cross-sectional shape
- H01L2224/45015—Cross-sectional shape being circular
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
- H01L2224/45099—Material
- H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/45117—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 400°C and less than 950°C
- H01L2224/45124—Aluminium (Al) as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
- H01L2224/45099—Material
- H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/45138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/45139—Silver (Ag) as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
- H01L2224/45099—Material
- H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/45138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/45144—Gold (Au) as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
- H01L2224/45099—Material
- H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/45138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
- H01L2224/45147—Copper (Cu) as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
- H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
- H01L2224/45099—Material
- H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
- H01L2224/45163—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than 1550°C
- H01L2224/45169—Platinum (Pt) as principal constituent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/4805—Shape
- H01L2224/4809—Loop shape
- H01L2224/48091—Arched
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/481—Disposition
- H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/48245—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being metallic
- H01L2224/48247—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being metallic connecting the wire to a bond pad of the item
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/481—Disposition
- H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/48245—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being metallic
- H01L2224/48257—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being metallic connecting the wire to a die pad of the item
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/484—Connecting portions
- H01L2224/48463—Connecting portions the connecting portion on the bonding area of the semiconductor or solid-state body being a ball bond
- H01L2224/48464—Connecting portions the connecting portion on the bonding area of the semiconductor or solid-state body being a ball bond the other connecting portion not on the bonding area also being a ball bond, i.e. ball-to-ball
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/484—Connecting portions
- H01L2224/48463—Connecting portions the connecting portion on the bonding area of the semiconductor or solid-state body being a ball bond
- H01L2224/48465—Connecting portions the connecting portion on the bonding area of the semiconductor or solid-state body being a ball bond the other connecting portion not on the bonding area being a wedge bond, i.e. ball-to-wedge, regular stitch
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/49—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of a plurality of wire connectors
- H01L2224/491—Disposition
- H01L2224/49105—Connecting at different heights
- H01L2224/49107—Connecting at different heights on the semiconductor or solid-state body
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
- H01L2224/732—Location after the connecting process
- H01L2224/73251—Location after the connecting process on different surfaces
- H01L2224/73265—Layer and wire connectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/80—Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected
- H01L2224/85—Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected using a wire connector
- H01L2224/85909—Post-treatment of the connector or wire bonding area
- H01L2224/8592—Applying permanent coating, e.g. protective coating
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01019—Potassium [K]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01021—Scandium [Sc]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01037—Rubidium [Rb]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01055—Cesium [Cs]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01066—Dysprosium [Dy]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01067—Holmium [Ho]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/01—Chemical elements
- H01L2924/01068—Erbium [Er]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/013—Alloys
- H01L2924/0132—Binary Alloys
- H01L2924/01322—Eutectic Alloys, i.e. obtained by a liquid transforming into two solid phases
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/11—Device type
- H01L2924/12—Passive devices, e.g. 2 terminal devices
- H01L2924/1204—Optical Diode
- H01L2924/12041—LED
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/181—Encapsulation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/30—Technical effects
- H01L2924/301—Electrical effects
- H01L2924/3025—Electromagnetic shielding
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02B—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
- Y02B20/00—Energy efficient lighting technologies, e.g. halogen lamps or gas discharge lamps
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a light emitting device used for lighting of a semiconductor light emitting element, a fluorescent lamp or the like, a display, a backlight for liquid crystal, and the like, and particularly to a nitride phosphor used for the light emitting device.
- a light-emitting device using a semiconductor light-emitting device has advantages that it is small, has high power efficiency, can emit bright colors, and does not have to worry about a broken bulb because the light source is a semiconductor device. Furthermore, it has excellent initial drive characteristics and is resistant to vibration and repeated on / off lighting.
- a part of the light of the semiconductor light-emitting element is wavelength-converted by a phosphor, and the wavelength-converted light and the non-wavelength-converted light are mixed and emitted.
- Light emitting devices that emit light of a different color from the light of the light emitting element have been developed.
- the light-emitting device that emits white light with this configuration can be used in a wide range of fields such as general lighting, displays, and backlights for liquid crystals.
- a N material blue light-emitting element using is used as the phosphor (Y, G d) 3 ( A 1, G a) of 5 0 1 2
- the YAG-based phosphor represented by the composition formula is used for lighting, and the white emission color is obtained by the principle of light color mixing. That is, the blue light emitted from the light emitting element is emitted into the phosphor layer after being repeatedly absorbed and scattered several times in the layer after being incident on the phosphor layer.
- the blue light absorbed by the phosphor acts as an excitation source and emits yellow fluorescence. The yellow light and the blue light are mixed and appear to the human eye as white.
- the above-described white light-emitting device has a problem in that it has no red light component, has a high color temperature, and has low color rendering properties with insufficient redness.
- a conventional light emitting device that emits white light emits light on the long wavelength side in the visible light region. Because it was difficult to obtain, it was a pale white-white light emitting device.
- a slightly reddish warm white light-emitting device for in-store display lighting and medical spot lighting.
- red-emitting phosphors are not sufficiently durable due to low efficiency due to excitation of near-ultraviolet to blue light and low chemical and thermal stability, and have not yet been put to practical use. Also, the human eye perceives that the wavelength range of the red component is darker. Therefore, in order to feel the same level of brightness as the green and blue regions, the red region needs to have higher brightness.
- An article phosphor is disclosed.
- the nitride phosphor disclosed in International Publication No. 0 1 Z4043 pamphlet provides a slightly reddish white light by combining it with, for example, a blue light-emitting diode. Improvement is required.
- the conventional red-emitting phosphor has insufficient efficiency and durability due to excitation of near-ultraviolet to blue light, and has not yet been put to practical use.
- the heat generated by the light emitting element causes the excitation efficiency of various phosphors to decrease, so that the luminous flux [1 m] of the entire light emitting device is increased.
- the difference in light emission output of each phosphor fluctuates with changes in the surroundings. A color shift observed at a position where the chromaticity of the emitted light deviated from the desired chromaticity occurred.
- the peak wavelength of the light-emitting spectrum of the light-emitting element shifts to the shorter wavelength side (for example, see FIG. 56).
- the emission intensity of the phosphor excited by the light emitting element fluctuates.
- the emission intensity Fluctuations greatly affect color shift.
- the light emitting device is used, for example, as a light source of a liquid crystal projector, it greatly affects the color tone of a color image projected and projected on a screen. Problems arise.
- the wavelength of the light emitting spectrum is in the range of 500 nm to 700 nm.
- YAG-based phosphor and red-based phosphor whose excitation absorption spectrum peak wavelength is in the range of 350 nm to 600 nm, that is, the reflectance for light with a wavelength of 5001 m or more
- the red phosphor absorbs part of the emission of the YAG phosphor. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 80, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor is hardly observed in the wavelength range from 500 nm to 550 nm, and the color rendering of the mixed color light output from the light emitting device. The property cannot be sufficiently improved.
- the heat generated by the light emitting element lowers the excitation efficiency of various phosphors, so that the luminous flux [lm] of the entire light emitting device is reduced. Is reduced.
- a light emitting device is formed by combining a plurality of phosphors whose excitation efficiencies decrease at different rates due to heat generation, the difference in light emission output of each phosphor changes with an increase in ambient temperature. A color shift observed at a position where the chromaticity of the emitted light deviates from the desired chromaticity has occurred.
- the light emitting device is used as a light source of a liquid crystal projector, for example, it has a large effect on the color tone of a color image projected by being enlarged and projected on a screen. There is a problem of giving.
- a second object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device that can emit reddish warm white light and emit light with high color rendering properties.
- the present invention provides a light-emitting device that has improved color rendering properties as compared with the prior art, and can suppress a decrease in luminous flux [lm] and the occurrence of chromaticity deviation even when the ambient temperature changes. Is the third purpose. Disclosure of the invention
- a nitride phosphor according to the present invention has a general formula L X M Y N 2
- a nitride phosphor that emits light having a spectrum (base nitride phosphor) further includes the following elements (hereinafter, referred to as different elements).
- the first nitride phosphor according to the present invention in the base nitride phosphor, comprises at least one or more elements selected from the group I elements consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs. It is characterized by further containing different elements.
- the first nitride phosphor containing a Group I element consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs has a higher luminous efficiency than a nitride phosphor containing no Group I element. have. This is because the Group I element acts as a flux during the synthesis, and then the Group I element that acts as a flux is present between the phosphor particles. This is probably because the scattering does not hinder the emission of the phosphor itself. In addition, by including a Group I element in the nitride phosphor, the particle size of the nitride phosphor can be controlled.
- a group V element composed of V, Nb, and Ta; a group VI element composed of Cr, Mo, W; Characterized by further comprising at least one element selected from the group VII elements consisting of Fe, Co, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, and Ru, and the group VIII elements such as
- Cr, Ni and the like may have an effect of shortening the afterglow, and thus may be contained in an amount of about 0.1 ppm to several + ppm. '
- the element different from the element contained in the base nitride phosphor is 1000 ppm or less with respect to the weight of the element contained in the base nitride phosphor. Preferably, there is. Within this range, high luminance can be maintained while adjusting the light emission characteristics.
- the light emission characteristics in the specification include light output characteristics with respect to color tone, luminance, afterglow, and excitation intensity, and light emission efficiency.
- the base nitride phosphor includes a group I element composed of Li, Na, K :, Rb, and Cs, a group V element composed of V, Nb, and Ta, and a group V element composed of Cr, Mo, and W.
- group VI elements Group VI elements
- Group VII elements consisting of Re
- Group VIII elements consisting of Fe, Co, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt and Ru
- An element (second different element) different from L, M, ⁇ , N, and R may be contained together with these elements.
- a nitride phosphor having a desired brightness can be provided.
- the brightness can be easily adjusted.
- the different element and the second different element may be included in a raw material for producing the base nitride phosphor.
- the brightness can be easily adjusted.
- the type and the content of the different element or the second different element in strontium nitride, calcium nitride, silicon nitride, palladium oxide or palladium oxide can be adjusted by adjusting.
- the purification step of the raw material can be omitted, and the manufacturing process can be simplified. it can.
- a group I element composed of Cu, Ag, and Au a group III element composed of B, Al, Ga, and In
- a group III element composed of Ti, Zr, Hf, Sn, and Pb It may contain at least one or more elements selected from Group IV elements, Group V elements composed of P, Sb, and Bi, and Group VI elements composed of S. Adjustment of body brightness can be made.
- Al, B, Ga, I ⁇ , and the like can maintain high luminance while adjusting the luminance.
- the content of the second different element is preferably 1000 ppm or less. This makes it possible to easily adjust the light emission characteristics.
- the raw material be contained in the raw material in a range of 1000 ppm or less. Within this range, a nitride phosphor having desired luminance can be provided. Also, the brightness can be easily adjusted.
- the firing step for producing the base nitride phosphor is preferably performed in a reducing atmosphere.
- a reducing atmosphere By firing in a reducing atmosphere, the scattering of unnecessary elements contained therein is promoted, and the emission luminance can be improved.
- the first method for producing the nitride phosphor of the present invention is characterized in that an oxide of R (R is Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, And at least one selected from rare earth elements in which Eu is essential among Lu.); Na, K :, Group I element consisting of Rb, Cs, Cu, Ag, Au, Group III element consisting of B, Al, Ga, In, Ti, Zr, Hf, Sn, Pb force , A group IV element consisting of V, Nb, Ta, P, Sb, Bi, a group VI element consisting of Cr, Mo, W, S, and a group VII consisting of Re Element, a compound containing at least one element selected from Group VIII elements of Fe, Co, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, and Ru, by wet mixing And the second step of firing the mixture obtained from the first step; the mixture obtained in the second step; and a nitride of L (L is Mg
- a fourth step of firing the mixture obtained in the third step in a reducing atmosphere is performed.
- a nitride phosphor having high luminance can be provided.
- a nitride phosphor having desired emission characteristics can be provided.
- At least one of the second step and the fourth step includes a group I element consisting of Li, Na, K :, Rb, Cs, Cu, Ag, and Au, B, Al, Ga, and I.
- Group III element consisting of n
- Group IV element consisting of Ti, Zr, Hf, Sn, Pb
- Group V element consisting of V, Nb, Ta, P, Sb, Bi, Cr, Mo , W, S group VI element, Re group VII element, Fe, Co, Ir, Ni, Pd,
- Group I elements are used as sintering aids in the manufacture of crucibles and furnace materials.
- Group I elements are elements that easily remain in raw materials.
- a crucible or a furnace material using a simple substance or a compound of the group I element may be used, or may be mixed with a raw material of the base nitride phosphor and fired.
- the light emission characteristics can be adjusted. It is preferable to use crucibles and furnace materials containing elements such as B, Au, Ga, and In in addition to the Group I elements. More preferably, the use of a material containing these improves the brightness.
- the nitride phosphor according to the present invention an element different from the composition of the nitride phosphor or a compound containing the different element is added in the manufacturing process, but the different element is scattered in the firing step.
- the final product that is, the composition of the nitride phosphor does not include a smaller amount of elemental force than the initially added amount. Therefore, the composition of the nitride phosphor, which is the final product, contains only a smaller amount than the initially added amount of the different element in the composition.
- it can be controlled by adding the different element.
- the third nitride phosphor according to the present invention R (R is Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Lu, Eu And at least one element selected from the group II elements consisting of Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn.
- M is at least one element selected from the group IV elements that require Si among C, Si, and Ge.
- Li, Na, and K Rb, Cs, Cu, Ag, Au, a group I element consisting of B, A1, Ga, In force, a group III element, Ti, Zr, Hf, Sn, Pb
- a Group IV element consisting of V, Nb, Ta, P, Sb, Bi a Group VI element consisting of Cr, Mo, W, S
- a Group VII element consisting of Re At least one selected from Group VIII elements consisting of Fe, Co, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, and Ru
- a first light-emitting device includes a light-emitting element that emits light having a first light-emitting spectrum having a peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and light having the first light-emitting spectrum.
- the body is any of the first nitride phosphor according to the present invention, the second nitride phosphor, or the third nitride phosphor manufactured by the first manufacturing method according to the present invention. There is a feature.
- the nitride phosphor is a near-ultraviolet light of 500 nm or less.
- the light is excited by light from the light emitting element having the first light emitting spectrum having a peak wavelength in a short wavelength side region of visible light.
- the excited nitride phosphor has a density of 5200 ⁇ ! It emits light having a second emission spectrum having a peak wavelength in the yellow to red region of about 780 nm.
- the bulb color is a range based on the JIS standard (JISZ8110) that is centered around the point 2700-280 OK above $ W of blackbody radiation and is yellow to red.
- a color that has color Specifically, in the chromaticity coordinates shown in Fig. 8, it means those that emit light in the (light) yellow red, (orange) pink, pink, (light) pink, and (yellow) white regions.
- the first manufacturing method of the present invention it is possible to manufacture a phosphor whose particle diameter is controlled in a predetermined range. Therefore, by using a phosphor whose particle diameter is controlled in a predetermined range in the first light emitting device, a light emitting device with extremely small color unevenness can be realized. In addition, a light emitting device with high luminance can be provided. Conventionally, it has been difficult to change the light emission characteristics without changing the color tone of the light emitting device. However, the light emitting device according to the present invention requires a nitride phosphor due to the effect of the added element. Since the light emission characteristics can be changed, the light emission characteristics can be changed without changing the color tone of the light emitting device.
- the first light-emitting device further absorbs at least part of the light of the first emission spectrum and the light of the second emission spectrum, from a blue region to a green region, a yellow region, and a red region. It is preferable to have at least one phosphor that emits light having a third emission spectrum having at least one peak wavelength before.
- a light emitting device having a desired light emission color such as not only white but also pastel color can be obtained. Can be provided. Even if it is white, it can be fine-tuned to white (yellow), white (green), white (blue).
- the phosphor that emits light of the third light-emitting spectrum is at least a yttrium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, at least a yttrium gadolinium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, And yttrium 'gallium aluminum oxide phosphor activated by at least It is preferably at least one of them.
- a light-emitting device having a desired emission color can be provided.
- white light of various colors in visible light excitation can be produced by a combination of these phosphors. Can be created.
- the first light-emitting device includes a part of light from the light-emitting element, a part of light from a phosphor having the second light-emitting spectrum, and the third light-emitting spectrum.
- various white (e.g., bluish white or reddish white) light can be emitted.
- the light-emitting device can provide a desired white light-emitting device by adjusting the blending amounts of various phosphors.
- the nitride phosphor is excited by a light emitting element having blue light to emit yellow-red light
- the phosphor emitting light of the third emission spectrum is excited to emit yellow light.
- the blue light that has passed between the nitride phosphor and the phosphor, the yellow-red light of the nitride phosphor, and the yellow light of the phosphor appear to the human eye as white due to the principle of light mixing.
- the element different from the above!:, M, N, 0, R or the second different element is usually a force applied by an oxide or a hydroxide.
- the present invention is not limited to this. However, they may be metals, nitrides, imides, amides, or other inorganic salts, or may be contained in other raw materials in advance.
- Oxygen may be contained in the composition of the nitride phosphor. Oxygen is introduced from various oxides as raw materials. It is considered that oxygen is mixed during firing. This oxygen promotes the effects of Eu diffusion, grain growth, and improved crystallinity.
- the same effect can be obtained even if one compound used as a raw material is changed to a metal, a nitride, or an oxide, but the effect when an oxide is used is rather large in some cases.
- the nitride phosphor has a monoclinic, orthorhombic, or other crystal structure.
- the first and second nitride phosphors according to the present invention can arbitrarily adjust the afterglow characteristics.
- a display device such as a display such as a PDP, a CRT, and an LCD, in which display is continuously and repeatedly performed
- the persistence characteristic becomes a problem.
- White light-emitting devices that combine semiconductor light-emitting elements and phosphors Used as a backlight. Such applications require short afterglow. Therefore, afterglow can be suppressed by including B, Mg, Cr, Ni, A1, etc. in the base nitride phosphor.
- the nitride phosphor preferably has an average particle size of 2.5 to 15 m. In particular, it is preferably 3 to 8 ⁇ . If the particle size is large, there are advantages such as improvement in light emission luminance and improvement in light extraction efficiency.
- the first and second nitride phosphors according to the present invention can easily adjust emission characteristics such as color tone, luminance, and afterglow.
- emission characteristics such as color tone, luminance, and afterglow.
- the light-emitting device according to the first aspect of the present invention can provide a warm-color white light-emitting device that has a good luminous efficiency and is slightly reddish.
- a nitride phosphor having an emission spectrum in a yellow to red region used in combination with a blue light emitting element or the like Therefore, the present invention has a technical significance that a nitride phosphor, a method for producing a nitride phosphor, and a light emitting device using the same can be realized.
- nitride phosphor having a light emission spectrum in a yellow to red region that can be used in combination with a blue light emitting element or the like.
- nitride phosphor it is possible to provide a slightly reddish warm-colored white light-emitting device having good luminous efficiency.
- an element that reduces the luminance of the phosphor and an element that improves the luminance of the phosphor could be specified.
- the material of the crucible and the firing furnace can be optimized, and a phosphor with high luminance can be provided.
- nitride phosphor whose particle diameter is controlled within a predetermined range. Further, it has a very important technical significance that it can provide a nitride phosphor with improved light emission characteristics and durability.
- the fourth nitride phosphor according to the present invention comprises Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy , Ho, Er, Lu selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn, activated by at least one or more rare earth elements selected from the group consisting of Lu Selected from the group consisting of at least one group II element and C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, Hf
- a nitride phosphor comprising at least one or more Group IV elements and N, characterized in that the nitride phosphor contains B in an amount of 1 ppm or more and 10,000 ppm or less.
- emission characteristics such as emission luminance and quantum efficiency can be improved.
- the reason why such an effect is obtained is considered that the addition of the boron element causes diffusion of the activator and promotes the growth of particles.
- the boron element enters the crystal lattice of the nitride phosphor, eliminating distortion of the crystal lattice and directly participating in the light emission mechanism, thereby improving light emission characteristics such as light emission luminance and quantum efficiency. it is conceivable that.
- a typical example of the fourth nitride phosphor is a nitride phosphor which is activated by Eu and comprises at least one element of Ca and Sr, Si and N.
- at least a part of Eu is at least selected from the group consisting of Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu. It can be replaced by one or more rare earth elements.
- Part of at least one of Ca and Sr can be replaced by at least one or more Group II elements selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ba, and Zn.
- Part of Si can be replaced by at least one or more Group IV elements selected from the group consisting of C, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf.
- O may be contained in the composition of the fourth nitride phosphor according to the present invention. As a result, since a raw material containing oxygen can be used, production can be facilitated.
- the fifth nitride phosphor according to the present invention has a general formula: L X M Y N ( (2/3) ⁇ + (4X3) ⁇ ): R or L x M Y O z N ( (2 , 3) x + (4/3) ⁇ — ( 2/3) z) : R (L is at least one or more group II members selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg , Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn) M is at least one group IV element selected from the group consisting of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf, R is Y, La, Ce , Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Lu is at least one or more rare earth elements selected from the group consisting of: X, Y, ⁇ is 0.5 X 3 , 1.5 ⁇ 80 ⁇ ⁇ 3.) A nitride phosphor represented by the formula: wherein the nitride phosphor contains ⁇ of 1 pp
- the sixth nitride phosphor according to the present invention absorbs a part of the light having the first light emitting spectrum, and forms the second light emitting spectrum in a region different from the first light emitting spectrum.
- the light emission characteristics such as light emission luminance and quantum efficiency are constant.By adding boron, light emission luminance can be improved and afterglow can be shortened. . Since the required light emission characteristics are different depending on applications such as lighting and display, it is required to change the light characteristics with the same color tone.
- the first light emission spectrum was excited by an external device.
- the crystal structure of the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors is preferably a monoclinic or orthorhombic nitride phosphor. Since the nitride phosphor has a monoclinic or orthorhombic crystal structure, luminous efficiency can be improved.
- the rare earth element is at least one or more elements that require Eu.
- Eu As an activator, it is possible to provide a phosphor that emits light from orange to red.
- nitride phosphors having different color tones and different afterglow characteristics.
- the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors may further include at least one or more Group I elements selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs. It is preferably contained at 0 ppm or less.
- Group I elements selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs. It is preferably contained at 0 ppm or less.
- the Group I element acts as a flux during synthesis, and thereafter.
- the Group I element that acted as a flux exists between the phosphor particles, or because the Group I element scatters during the manufacturing process, the emission of the phosphor itself is not hindered.
- the particle size of the nitride phosphor can be controlled.
- the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors further include a Group I element consisting of Cu, Ag, and Au, a Group III element consisting of Al, Ga, and I11 forces, Ti, Z r, H f, S n, At least one element selected from the group IV element consisting of Pb, the group V element consisting of P, Sb, and Bi, and the group VI element consisting of S is 0.1 or more and 500 ppm or less Preferably, it is included. Thereby, the brightness of the nitride phosphor can be adjusted.
- the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors further include any one of Ni and Cr.
- the afterglow of the nitride phosphor can be shortened.
- Mg and A1 have similar effects.
- the afterglow can be controlled by controlling the added amounts of Mg, Al, Ni, and Cr.
- the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors have an average particle size of 2 to 15 ⁇ m.
- the average particle size is 3 to 12 m. More preferably, the average particle size is 5 or more and 10 ⁇ m or less.
- a light emitting device with extremely small color unevenness can be provided.
- a light-emitting device with high luminance can be provided.
- the larger the average particle size of the nitride phosphor the higher the light emission luminance.
- it is 15 or more it is difficult to apply and handle when used in a light emitting device.
- the average particle size of the nitride phosphor the more uniform the light emission when applied to the phosphor screen of the light emitting device, but the lower the emission luminance and the difficulty in handling during coating and manufacturing. is there. Therefore, the average particle size in the above range is preferable.
- a second light emitting device comprises: an excitation light source that emits light in a short wavelength region from near ultraviolet to visible light; and at least a part of the light from the excitation light source is absorbed to reduce the light from the excitation light source. And a phosphor that emits light in a long wavelength region, wherein the phosphor has at least the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors according to the present invention. I do.
- a light-emitting device having good luminous efficiency such as luminous luminance and quantum efficiency can be provided.
- the excitation light source emits light in a short wavelength region from near ultraviolet to visible light. A part of the emitted light is irradiated on the phosphor.
- the phosphor absorbs a part of the irradiated light and performs wavelength conversion.
- the wavelength-converted light is light having a longer wavelength than the light from the excitation light source. This makes it possible to provide a light-emitting device that emits light of a different color from the light emitted from the excitation light source.
- the nitride phosphor according to the present invention is irradiated with the light using an excitation light source that emits blue light at around 450 nm.
- the nitride phosphor has 580 nn! It has an emission color from yellow to red around ⁇ ⁇ 650 nm.
- a light emitting device having a desired emission color can be provided by variously changing the nitride phosphor.
- the phosphor further includes at least one of a phosphor that emits blue light, a phosphor that emits green light, and a phosphor that emits yellow light.
- a phosphor that emits light of various colors in combination with the nitride phosphor according to the present invention it is possible to provide a light emitting device having not only white light but also a desired light emission color such as pastel color. . Even if it is white, it can be fine-tuned to white (yellow), white (green), white (blue).
- an excitation light source that emits near-ultraviolet light, and at least one phosphor selected from a nitride phosphor, a phosphor that emits blue light, a phosphor that emits green light, and a phosphor that emits yellow light
- a light-emitting device having a desired light-emitting color such as white or pastel color can be provided.
- the excitation light source is a semiconductor light emitting device.
- a semiconductor light emitting element By using a semiconductor light emitting element, a light emitting device utilizing the characteristics of the semiconductor light emitting element can be provided.
- the characteristics of semiconductor light emitting devices are that they are compact, emit light of good color with good power efficiency, have excellent initial drive characteristics, are resistant to vibration and repeated on-off lighting, and are used in light-emitting device lamps.
- Light emitting devices are semiconductor devices, so there is no need to worry about running out of balls.
- the second light emitting device may include a part of light from the excitation light source that passes between the particles of the phosphor, and a part of light emitted from the phosphor that is wavelength-converted by the light from the excitation light source.
- a light emitting device that emits white light having high luminous efficiency can be provided.
- the nitride phosphor is excited by a light emitting element having blue light to emit yellow-red light, and the phosphor is excited to emit yellow light, thereby passing between the nitride phosphor and the phosphor.
- the light emitting device is a light emitting device excellent in average color rendering index (R a).
- the average color rendering index (R a) is 80 or more.
- the light emitting device is excellent in the special color rendering index (R 9) which is an index indicating the red component.
- the special color rendering index (R 9) is 70 or more.
- the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors according to the present work are extremely excellent in light emission characteristics such as luminance and quantum efficiency.
- the second light emitting device according to the present invention can provide a warm reddish white light emitting device with a high red light emission efficiency.
- the light emitting device is excellent in average color rendering index (R a) and special color rendering index (R 9).
- a light emitting device combining a semiconductor light emitting element emitting blue light and the nitride phosphor according to the present invention, a semiconductor light emitting element emitting near ultraviolet light, a nitride phosphor according to the present invention, and emitting green light
- a light-emitting device that combines a phosphor and a phosphor that emits yellow light
- a light-emitting device that emits white light or pastel color can be provided. Therefore, the present invention has a technical meaning that a nitride phosphor and a light emitting device using the same can be provided.
- the fifth and sixth nitride phosphors of the present invention when a semiconductor light emitting device that emits blue light was used as the excitation light source, light was emitted by the semiconductor light emitting device.
- a nitride phosphor that is irradiated with light and absorbs the light to generate light having a different wavelength (having a light-emitting spectrum in the yellow to red region) (converting the wavelength) can be provided.
- this third nitride phosphor it is possible to provide a slightly reddish warm-colored white light-emitting device with good luminous efficiency.
- the second light-emitting device is a light-emitting device that emits white light, wherein the white light-emitting device has an average color rendering index Ra of 80 or more, and particularly has a special color rendering property showing reddishness.
- Evaluation number R 9 is 70 or more. This makes it possible to provide a light emitting device that emits white light with excellent color rendering properties.
- a phosphor that emits blue light, a phosphor that emits green light, and a phosphor that emits yellow light, pastel colors and the like can be obtained. It is possible to provide a light-emitting device in which multi-coloring is achieved. Further, it is possible to provide a nitride phosphor whose afterglow and particle size are controlled within a predetermined range.
- the seventh to tenth phosphors according to the present invention all absorb at least a part of the light having the first salient light spectrum, and A phosphor that emits light having a second light-emitting spectrum different from the above light-emitting spectrum, and is a phosphor comprising the following system.
- the seventh phosphor according to the present invention may include at least one selected from the group consisting of L-M—N: Eu, WR (L is Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba, Zii). M contains at least one member selected from the group consisting of IV valences of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf, and N is nitrogen. Is a rare earth element except Eu.) Is a phosphor of the system. According to the seventh phosphor of the present invention, luminous efficiency such as high luminance and high quantum efficiency can be improved. Further, it is possible to provide a phosphor having extremely good temperature characteristics.
- the combination of Eu as an activator and the rare-earth element WR as a coactivator causes the coactivator to act as a flux and exhibit a flux effect.
- the luminous efficiency is improved by this flux effect, and the co-activator acts as a flux, thereby exhibiting a sensitizing effect. It is considered that the luminous efficiency has been improved.
- Fluorescence sensitization refers to co-activation of a sensitizer, which is an energy donor, for the purpose of increasing light intensity by utilizing an energy transfer effect.
- the seventh phosphor according to the present study converts the wavelength of the light of the first light-emitting spectrum emitted from a light-emitting source such as a light-emitting element or a lamp, and is different from the first light-emitting spectrum. And emits light having the second light emitting spectrum in the region where the light is emitted.
- a light-emitting source such as a light-emitting element or a lamp
- the eighth phosphor according to the present invention is a group consisting of L-M-O-N: Eu, WR (L is a group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn having a valence of II. M contains at least one or more selected from the group consisting of IV valence of C, Si, Ge, Sn, ⁇ , Zr, and H ⁇ . Is oxygen N Is nitrogen. Eu is the pium of Yuguchi. WR is a rare earth element excluding Eu. ).
- an acid substance can be used as a raw material.
- oxygen is contained in the oxygen composition in the firing step, but in the eighth phosphor of the present invention, oxygen is contained in the composition in the firing step. Even in this case, a phosphor with high luminous efficiency can be provided.
- the ninth phosphor according to the present invention is C a—S i—N: Eu, WR system, or S r—S i—N: E u, WR system, or S r—C a—S i— N: Eu, WR type (WR is a rare earth element excluding Eu.) It is characterized by being silicon nitride.
- a phosphor having the second emission spectrum on the long wavelength side can be provided. This principle is based on the fact that when light having a first emission spectrum near 460 nm is applied to a phosphor, wavelength conversion of the first emission spectrum is performed, and the wavelength of the first emission spectrum is around 580 to 700 nm. This is because the second emission spectrum is provided on the long wavelength side.
- a phosphor having a high luminous efficiency due to a flux effect and a sensitizing effect with the introduction of the coactivator.
- phosphors having different color tones can be provided by co-activating.
- the color tone is determined by the X and Y values in the chromaticity diagram.
- the co-activated phosphor is shifted more red than the non-co-activated phosphor.
- the ninth phosphor according to the present invention is extremely effective when it is desired to enhance the reddish component.
- co-activating it is possible to make the afterglow short or long. For example, when a light-emitting device using a phosphor is used for a display, the shorter the afterglow, the better, so that it can be used as a phosphor with a short afterglow.
- the light having the first light-emitting spectrum includes light from a light-emitting element having a light-emitting spectrum on the short wavelength side of 360 to 495 nm, a light-emitting element lamp, and the like.
- the ninth phosphor is preferably used mainly in combination with a blue light-emitting element having a light-emitting spectrum in the vicinity of 450 to 480 nm.
- the second light-emitting spectrum is a light spectrum in which the phosphor is excited by a part of the light having the first light-emitting spectrum and the excited phosphor emits light. And located in a region different from the first emission spectrum.
- This second emission spectrum is 5 It preferably has at least one peak wavelength near 60 to 700 nm.
- the phosphor according to the present invention has a peak wavelength near 600 to 680 nm.
- the tenth phosphor according to the present invention may be C a — S i — O — N: Eu, WR type, or S r — S i — O — N: Eu, W type, or S r — Ca — S i — O— N: Eu, WR silicon nitride.
- This tenth phosphor can be manufactured using an oxide material.
- the WR is at least one of Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu. It is preferably contained.
- rare earth elements Pr, Dy, Tb, Ho, Er and the like have emission center and are considered to be due to the flux effect and the perception effect.
- the amount of the WR added is 10.0 weight. The following is preferred. When the amount of Eu as an activator and the concentration of WR as a co-activator exceed a predetermined amount, concentration quenching occurs and the luminous efficiency is reduced. It is preferred to add.
- the content of ⁇ is preferably 3.0% by weight or less based on the total composition.
- Oxygen is contained in the compositions of the fifth and seventh phosphors according to the present invention. This is mainly contained when oxides are used as raw materials. It is considered that the oxide raw material works as a flux. When these oxide raw materials are used, they are generally inexpensive as compared with metal raw materials, so that raw material costs can be reduced.
- oxygen in the composition of the phosphor according to the present invention may reduce the emission luminance. Therefore, it is preferable to remove oxygen outside the system as much as possible. Therefore, the above advantages and disadvantages were compared and the oxygen concentration in the composition of the phosphor was determined within the above range. However, even if it is out of the above range, sufficient luminous efficiency is exhibited. Is not limited to the range.
- Mn is added to the seventh to tenth phosphors according to the present invention.
- Sr—Ca—Si i N Eu
- WR-based phosphor to which Mn or a Mn compound is added in the manufacturing process is used
- Sr—CaSi-N Eu
- the luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, quantum efficiency, energy efficiency, etc., was improved compared to the system phosphor. This is considered to be because Mn or the Mn compound promoted the diffusion of Eu 2+ as an activator, increased the particle size, and improved the crystallinity.
- Mn worked as a photosensitizer to increase the emission intensity of the activator Eu 2 + .
- Mn is scattered in the firing step, and is initially added to the composition of the final product phosphor. Less than the amount, Mn may not be included in the power. Therefore, in the composition of the phosphor as the final product, it is only included in the Mn force composition in a smaller amount than the initially added amount.
- Mn to be added to the phosphor of the seventh to 10 described above are usually Mn_ ⁇ 2, Mn 2 0 3,
- Mn 3 0 4 oxides such MnOOH, or is added in oxide hydroxide, is not limited to Re this, Mn metal, Mn nitride, an imide, amide, Wakashi Ku other inorganic salts However, it may be in a state where it is previously contained in other raw materials.
- the seventh to tenth phosphors contain O in the composition. O is considered to promote the effect of the diffusion of Eu, the growth of grains, and the improvement of crystallinity by Mn of the present invention. In other words, the same effect can be obtained even when the Mn compound is changed to a metal, a nitride, or an oxide, and the effect of using an oxide is large.
- the addition amount of Mn in the seventh to tenth phosphors is preferably 0.001 to 0.3 mol based on L (Sr—Ca, Sr, Ca, etc.).
- the amount of Mn added to the phosphor is 0.0025 to 0.25 with respect to L (Sr-Ca, Sr, Ca, etc.). It is preferably 03 mol.
- the residual amount of Mn is 5000 ppm or less. Luminous efficiency can be improved by adding Mn to the phosphor. However, since Mn is scattered during firing or the like, the amount of Mn added to the raw material is different from the amount of Mn in the composition after production.
- luminous efficiency such as luminous luminance and quantum efficiency can be improved.
- the base nitride phosphors such as L-M-N: Eu and WR contain the constituent elements such as Mg and B, so that the particle size of the powder becomes uniform and large, and the crystallinity becomes remarkable. It is thought to be better.
- the afterglow characteristics of the phosphor can be arbitrarily adjusted by adding the above element.
- a display device such as a display or a PDP in which display is continuously and repeatedly performed
- the persistence characteristic becomes a problem.
- afterglow can be suppressed by adding a small amount of B, Mg, Cr, Ni, A1, etc. to the base nitride phosphor.
- the phosphor according to the present invention can be used in a display device such as a display.
- the seventh to tenth phosphors preferably have an average particle size of 3 m or more.
- N: Eu, WR, Ca—Si—N: Eu, WR phosphors have an average particle size of :!
- the silicon nitride to which a force ⁇ of about 2 ⁇ is added can have an average particle size of not less than. Due to this difference in particle size, the larger the particle size is, the more the luminous brightness of the phosphor is improved, and there is an advantage that the light extraction efficiency in the light emitting device is increased.
- a third light-emitting device includes a light-emitting element that emits light having a first light-emission spectrum, and a light-emitting element that absorbs at least a part of light in the first light-emission spectrum, And a phosphor that emits light having a second light emission spectrum different from the spectrum.
- the light-emitting device according to claim 5, wherein the phosphor is a phosphor having seventh to tenth phosphors according to the present invention. It is characterized by using any of the body.
- a light-emitting device that emits light of a different color from the color of the light-emitting element can be provided.
- a light-emitting device that emits white light can be provided by combining blue and yellow, red and blue-green, and green and red-purple, which have complementary colors.
- the present invention is not limited to white light, and can provide a light-emitting device having a desired light-emitting color. Specifically, 440 ⁇
- a blue light emitting element having a first light emitting spectrum near 480 nm is used, a part of the light of the first light emitting spectrum is wavelength-converted, and a second light emitting spectrum of 600 to 660 nm is used.
- a phosphor of Sr-CaSi-N: Eu, WR type that emits light of a vector, blue light emitted from a blue light emitting element and yellow-red light wavelength-converted by the phosphor are converted.
- a light-emitting device that emits mixed reddish warm-colored white light can be configured.
- the phosphor used in the third light emitting device according to the present invention is not limited to one kind, and may be a combination of two or more phosphors having different peak wavelengths.
- the phosphor used in the third light emitting device according to the present invention is not limited to one kind, and may be a combination of two or more phosphors having different peak wavelengths.
- the phosphor used in the third light emitting device according to the present invention is not limited to one kind, and may be a combination of two or more phosphors having different peak wavelengths.
- two or more phosphors having different peak wavelengths for example,
- WR phosphor has an emission spectrum near 650
- Sr—Si—N Eu
- WR phosphor has 620 ⁇ It has a light emission spectrum near m.
- 620 ⁇ 6 A phosphor having a peak wavelength at a desired position in a wavelength range of 50 nm can be manufactured.
- a light emitting device using a phosphor in which these two types of phosphors are combined can emit light of a different color from a light emitting device using only one type of phosphor.
- a light emitting device having a desired emission color can be provided.
- Phosphors used in combination with the seventh to tenth phosphors include yttrium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, yttrium gadolinium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, It is preferably at least one or more of yttrium 'gallium' aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium. Examples of activated with Ittoriumu 'Al Miniumu oxide phosphor with cerium, Y 3 A 1 5 ⁇ 1 2: there is a C e.
- Activated with Ittoriumu 'gadolinium' aluminum with cerium - is as an example of a ⁇ arm oxide phosphor, (Y 0 8 G d 0 2) 3 A 1 5 ⁇ 1 2: there is a C e. . I was activated with cerium Ttoriumu gallium ⁇ as an example of aluminum oxide phosphor, Y 3 (A 1 .. 8 G a .. 2) 5 0 1 2: there is a C e.
- a light emitting device which emits a desired white light is provided.
- a light-emitting device composed of a combination of a blue light-emitting element and a yttrium 'anoreminidium oxide phosphor activated with cerium exhibits a slightly pale white color, and lacks a warm color. By containing the body, a warm color tone can be obtained, and by appropriately changing the blending amount of the phosphor, white light emitting devices of various colors can be provided.
- the third light-emitting device has a technical significance that a slightly reddish warm white light-emitting device with good luminous efficiency can be provided. Further, it has a technical meaning that a phosphor having a light emitting spectrum in a yellow to red region used in combination with a blue light emitting element or the like can be provided.
- the third light emitting device of the present invention it is possible to provide a warm reddish white light emitting device with good luminous efficiency and a reddish color.
- a phosphor having a light emission spectrum in the yellow to red region to be used, and to further improve the efficiency and durability. It has a very important technical significance that it can be done.
- the first to thirteenth phosphors according to the present invention absorb at least a part of light having a first light emitting spectrum and form the first light emitting spectrum.
- the first phosphor according to the present invention is a Sr—Ca—Si—N: R-based silicon nitride to which Mn is added.
- R is one or more rare earth elements containing at least Eu. This makes it possible to provide a phosphor having the second emission spectrum on the long wavelength side. That is, when the light of the first emission spectrum near 460 nm is irradiated on the first phosphor, wavelength conversion of the light of the first emission spectrum is performed, and It emits light having the second emission spectrum on the long wavelength side near 100 nm.
- Sr-Ca-Si-N R-based silicon nitride phosphor to which Mn or a Mn compound is added in the manufacturing process is Sr-Ca-Si-N: R to which Mn is not added.
- Luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, quantum efficiency, and energy efficiency, is improved compared to phosphors based on silicon nitride. This is presumably because Mn or the Mn compound promoted the diffusion of activator R (for example, Eu 2+ ), increased the particle size, and improved the crystallinity. It is also probable that in the phosphor using R (eg, Eu2 + ) as an activator, Mn acted as a sensitizer to increase the emission intensity of activator R.
- R eg, Eu2 +
- the term “fluorescence sensitivity” means that a sensitizer serving as an energy donor is co-activated for the purpose of increasing the emission intensity by utilizing the energy transfer effect.
- the first light-emitting spectrum is, for example, light from a light-emitting element having a light-emitting spectrum on the short wavelength side of 360 to 4995 nm, a light-emitting element lamp, or the like.
- a blue light emitting device having a light emitting spectrum near 440 to 480 nm is preferable.
- the second light-emitting spectrum is a light-emitting spectrum in a wavelength region different from that of the first light-emitting spectrum, and at least a part of the light of the first light-emitting spectrum.
- This second emission spectrum preferably has a peak wavelength near 560 to 700 nm as at least one part.
- the phosphor 11 has a peak wavelength near 600 to 680.
- M11 or Mn compound is added in the manufacturing process, but Mn is scattered in the firing step, and the composition of the silicon nitride phosphor as a final product is In some cases, a smaller amount of Mn than the initially added amount may not be included. Therefore, in the composition of the silicon nitride phosphor, which is the final product, the amount is smaller than the amount initially added.
- the 12th phosphor according to the present invention is a Sr-Si-N: R-based silicon nitride to which Mn is added. Also in this type of silicon nitride, the luminous efficiency is improved by adding Mn in the manufacturing process as compared with the case where Mn is not added.
- the effect of Mn on Sr—Si—N: R-based silicon nitride is similar to that described above. Mn promotes the diffusion of activator R (for example, Eu 2+ ) and reduces the particle size. It is thought that this was due to the fact that Mn worked as a sensitizer to increase the emission intensity of activator R in the phosphor using R as an activator. Conceivable.
- the phosphor of Sr—Si—N: R-based silicon nitride according to the present invention has a different composition and light emission from the phosphor of Sr—Ca—Si—N: R-based silicon nitride described above.
- a thirteenth phosphor according to the present invention is characterized in that it is a Ca—Si—N: R-based silicon nitride to which Mn is added.
- the effect when Mn is added is the same as described above.
- Ca—Si—N R-based silicon nitride to which Mri is added has a peak wavelength near 600 to 62 ° nm.
- M n added to the silicon nitride constituting the phosphor of the first to third 1 3 described above typically, M n 0 2, Mn 2 ⁇ 3, Mn 3 ⁇ 4, oxides such as Mn O OH, Or, it is added with an oxidized hydroxide, but is not limited thereto, and may be Mn metal, Mn nitride, imide, amide, or other inorganic salts, and may be included in other raw materials in advance. It may be in the state where it was done.
- the silicon nitride contains O in its composition.
- the effect of Mn addition is that the Mn compound is converted into metal, nitride, and oxide The same effect can be obtained even if it is changed.
- the effect of using an oxide is great.
- silicon nitride containing a small amount of O in its composition is produced. Therefore, the base nitride phosphors are Sr—Ca—Si—O—N: R, Sr—Si—O—N: R, and Ca—Si—O—N: R.
- the content of O is preferably 3% by weight or less based on the composition. Thereby, the luminous efficiency can be improved.
- the silicon nitride includes Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, Al,
- At least one selected from the group consisting of Cu, Mn, Cr and Ni is contained.
- the constituent elements such as Mn, Mg, and B in the silicon nitride, it is possible to improve luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness and quantum efficiency. It is considered that the reason for this is that when the base nitride phosphor contains component elements such as Mn and B, the particle size of the powder becomes uniform and large, and the crystallinity is remarkably improved. By improving the crystallinity, the wavelength of the first light-emitting spectrum can be converted with high efficiency, and a phosphor having the second light-emitting spectrum with good light-emitting efficiency can be obtained.
- the afterglow characteristics of the phosphor can be arbitrarily adjusted.
- a display device such as a display or a PDP in which display is continuously and repeatedly performed
- the persistence characteristic becomes a problem. Therefore, afterglow can be suppressed by adding a small amount of B, Mg, Cr, Ni, A1, or the like to the base nitride phosphor.
- the phosphor according to the present invention can be used for a display device such as a display.
- Mn, additives such as B is, Mn0 and 2, Mn 2 0 3, Mn 3 0 4, be added to the oxide such as H 3 BO 3, not a fact-lowering emission characteristics, As mentioned above, O also seems to play an important role in the diffusion process.
- the particle size, crystallinity, and energy transfer path of the phosphor are changed, and absorption, reflection, and scattering are changed.
- the light emission characteristics of the optical device such as light emission, light extraction, and afterglow change. Using this, when used in light emitting devices It can be optimized as a phosphor.
- a phosphor having a peak wavelength on the longest wavelength side of 644 nm can be manufactured. Further, by changing the molar ratio between Sr and Ca, the emission luminance can be improved.
- the quantum efficiency can be improved by changing the molar ratio between 3]: and ⁇ &.
- the amount of the activator R of the phosphor is preferably 0.003 to 0.5 mol based on Sr—Ca, Sr, and Ca.
- the amount of the activator R in the phosphor is preferably 0.005 to 0.1 mol based on Sr—Ca, Sr, and Ca.
- the amount of Mn added to the phosphor is preferably 0.0025 to 0.03 mol with respect to Sr-Ca, Sr, and Ca.
- the luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, energy efficiency, and quantum efficiency can be improved.
- Tables 19 to 23, which will be described later, show the test results in which the amount of Mn added to Ca—Si—N: R silicon nitride was changed.
- the phosphor preferably includes any combination of an eleventh phosphor and a twelfth phosphor, a twelfth phosphor and a thirteenth phosphor, and an eleventh phosphor and a thirteenth phosphor.
- the phosphor composed of a combination of the eleventh phosphor and the twelfth phosphor is Sr—Ca—S ⁇ —N: an R-based silicon nitride phosphor and Sr—Si—N: A phosphor mixed with an R-based silicon nitride phosphor.
- a phosphor of Sr-Ca-Si-N: R-based silicon nitride has an emission spectrum near 650 nm
- a phosphor of Sr-Si-N: R-based silicon nitride has an emission spectrum near 650 nm
- Phosphor has an emission spectrum near 620 nm.
- the phosphor is not limited to the above combination, but is a mixture of a phosphor of Sr—Ca—Si—N: R-based silicon nitride and a phosphor of Ca—Si—N: R—based silicon nitride.
- S r— Ca— S i— N Phosphor of R-based silicon nitride
- S r— S i— N Phosphor of R-based silicon nitride
- a phosphor mixed with a phosphor of Ca-Si-N: R-based silicon nitride can also be manufactured. Even with these yarns, a phosphor having a peak wavelength at a desired position in the wavelength range of 600 to 680 nm can be produced.
- the first to thirteenth phosphors according to the present invention are preferably phosphors having an average particle diameter of 3 ⁇ m or more. Sr—C a— without Mn added
- the first to thirteenth phosphors according to the present invention preferably have a residual amount of Mn of 5000 ppm or less. This is because the above effects can be obtained by adding Mn to the first to thirteenth phosphors according to the present invention. However, since Mn is scattered during firing or the like, the amount of Mn added to the raw material is different from the amount of Mn in the composition after production.
- a fourth light-emitting device includes a light-emitting element that emits light having a first light-emission spectrum, and a light-emitting element that absorbs at least a part of the light of the first light-emission spectrum.
- a phosphor that emits light having a second light-emitting spectrum different from the light-emitting spectrum (wavelength conversion), and wherein the phosphor is a first light-emitting device according to the present invention. It is characterized by using the first to thirteenth phosphors.
- a blue light-emitting element having a first light emission spectrum in the vicinity of 440 to 48 O nm is used, and the first light emission spectrum is wavelength-converted and a second light emission spectrum of 600 to 660 nm is provided.
- the phosphor according to the present invention having a vector, blue light emitted from a blue light emitting element and yellow-red light wavelength-converted by the phosphor are mixed, and a slightly reddish warm white color is obtained.
- a light emitting device that emits light at a time can be provided.
- the phosphor includes a yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, a yttrium-gadolinium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, and a yttrium-gallium-aluminum oxide activated with cerium. It is preferable to contain a phosphor.
- Yttrium were activated with Seriumu - An example of ⁇ Ruminiumu oxide phosphor, Y 3 A 1. : There is C e. Seriu Examples of activated with Ittoriumu 'gadolinium ⁇ aluminum oxide phosphor arm, (Y 0 8 Gd 2. .) 3 A 1 5 0 12: is C e. ..
- yttrium activated with cerium, aluminum oxide phosphor and the like with the blue light emitting element, it is possible to provide a light emitting device which emits a desired white light.
- the light-emitting device composed of a combination of a blue light-emitting element and a yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cell showed a slightly pale white color and lacked a warm-colored tint.
- a white light emitting device of various tints can be provided by appropriately changing the blending amount of the phosphor.
- the fourth light emitting device has a technical significance that a slightly reddish warm white light emitting device having good luminous efficiency can be provided. Further, it has a technical meaning that a phosphor having a light emitting spectrum in a yellow to red region used in combination with a blue light emitting element or the like can be provided.
- a fourteenth nitride phosphor according to the present invention contains at least nitrogen and absorbs at least a part of light having a first light emission spectrum, A nitride phosphor that emits light having a second light-emitting spectrum different from the first light-emitting spectrum,
- the nitride phosphor is L X M Y N ( 2 / 3X + 4 / , 3Y ): R (L is Be, Mg, Ca,
- the inclusion of the constituent elements such as Mn and B can make the particle size of the powder uniform and large, and can significantly improve the crystallinity. It is thought to be. By improving the crystallinity in this way, the wavelength of the light of the first light-emitting spectrum can be converted with high efficiency, and a nitride phosphor having good light-emitting efficiency can be obtained. In the fourteenth nitride phosphor, the afterglow characteristics can be arbitrarily adjusted. In a display device such as a display, a PDP, etc., in which display is continuously and repeatedly performed, the persistence characteristic is a problem.
- the nitride phosphor according to the present invention can be used for a display device such as a display.
- the nitride phosphor according to the present invention can be used for a display device such as a display.
- the particle size, crystallinity, and energy transfer path of the phosphor are changed, and absorption is performed.
- the reflection and scattering change, and the light emission characteristics of the light emitting device such as light emission, light extraction, and afterglow are greatly affected. .
- At least one kind selected from the group consisting of Ca, Sr, and Ba II values M is S i, and R is an activator.
- L as Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba and as M as Si, it is possible to provide a nitride phosphor that is difficult to decompose, has high reliability, and has good crystallinity. Because you can do it. Accordingly, a light-emitting device with good life characteristics (long life) can be provided.
- a light-emitting device that emits white light and has a peak wavelength around 680680 can be manufactured.
- the activator represented by R is preferably Eu. This gives 250
- nitride phosphor of No. 4 By irradiating the nitride phosphor of No. 4, a nitride phosphor exhibiting a maximum wavelength in the vicinity of 580 to 620 nm can be provided. This makes it possible to provide a light emitting device that emits white light by combining the blue LED with the fourteenth nitride phosphor according to the present invention.
- the activator represented by R preferably contains at least one or more of Mn, B, Ce, Mg, Cu, 1, and 1. This makes it possible to provide a nitride phosphor having good emission characteristics, such as exhibiting a maximum wavelength in a region different from the case where only Eu is used as the activator.
- the fourteenth nitride phosphor preferably has an average particle size of 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the optimum fluorescent film thickness is almost proportional to the average particle size, and the smaller the particle size, the smaller the coating amount.
- luminous efficiency is generally larger for large particle sizes.
- the second light-emitting spectrum preferably has at least one peak in a yellow to red region.
- the second emission spectrum has at least one peak in a wavelength range from 520 nm to 780 nm.
- a light emitting device can be provided.
- the second method for producing the nitride phosphor according to the present invention is as follows: L X M Y N ( 2 / 3X + 4 / 3Y ): R (L is Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, At least one selected from the group consisting of II valences of Zn, Cd, and Hg, and M is at least one selected from the group consisting of IV valences of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and H ⁇ R is an activator.) And Mg, Sr, Ba, Zn, Ca, Ga, In, B, A1Cu, Mn, Li, A method for producing a nitride phosphor containing at least one member selected from the group consisting of Na, K, Re, Ni, Cr, Mo, O, and Fe, wherein the raw material of the nitride phosphor is And a step of firing in an ammonia atmosphere.
- nitrogen containing a few percent of hydrogen is usually used as a reducing gas.
- the hydrogen erodes a crucible, a furnace, and the like, the eroded crucible material is included in the phosphor composition.
- the crucible material contained in the phosphor composition becomes an impurity, and causes a reduction in luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, quantum efficiency, and energy efficiency. Therefore, by firing in an ammonia atmosphere, erosion of the crucible can be prevented, and a phosphor containing no impurities and having high luminous efficiency can be manufactured. Further, in an ammonia atmosphere, it is possible to manufacture a phosphor with improved reactivity and extremely high yield.
- the firing is preferably performed using a crucible made of boron nitride.
- Molybdenum crucibles may inhibit luminescence or inhibit the reaction system.
- emission of light or a reaction system is not inhibited, so that an extremely high-purity nitride phosphor can be produced.
- crucibles made of boron nitride cannot be used for firing in a hydrogen-nitrogen atmosphere because they are melted in hydrogen-nitrogen.
- a fifth light emitting device includes: a semiconductor light emitting element that emits light of a first light emitting spectrum; and a light emitting device that absorbs at least a part of light of the first light emitting spectrum.
- a light-emitting device comprising at least a light-emitting spectrum and a phosphor that emits light of a second light-emitting spectrum different from the light-emitting spectrum, wherein the phosphor includes a fourteenth nitride phosphor according to the present invention. Is characterized by being contained. In this manner, a light emitting device that emits warm white light can be configured.
- the phosphor further contains a yttrium-aluminum oxide-based phosphor activated with cerium.
- a YAG-based fluorescent substance By containing a YAG-based fluorescent substance, it is possible to adjust a desired emission color.
- blue LE blue LE
- warm white luminescence can be seen with the naked eye.
- the light emitting device using the blue LED and the phosphor obtained by mixing the fourteenth nitride phosphor and the YAG phosphor can provide a warm-color white light emitting device that is easy on the eyes. it can.
- a light-emitting device of a light bulb color can be provided.
- a light emitting device capable of emitting various colors other than blue, green, and red is provided by combining a semiconductor light emitting element with a phosphor having extremely excellent light emitting characteristics, without being limited to a YAG phosphor. can do. It is preferable that the weight ratio between the cerium-activated yttrium-aluminum oxide-based fluorescent substance and the nitride fluorescent substance contained in the fluorescent substance is 1 to 15: 1.
- the color temperature can be finely adjusted by changing the blending amount of the YAG-based phosphor and the nitride phosphor.
- a light-emitting device that emits warm white light with good luminous efficiency can be provided by using the above mixing ratio.
- the first light-emitting spectrum has a light emission peak at 360 to 550 nm, and the light emitted from the phosphor when excited by at least a part of the light of the first light-emitting spectrum; It is preferable that white light is emitted by mixing and emitting a part of the light of the first light emitting spectrum.
- the phosphor is a powder or a granule, and is contained in a light transmitting material. Thereby, fine adjustment of the emission color can be easily performed, and the emission efficiency can be increased.
- the semiconductor light emitting device is an III group nitride compound semiconductor optical device.
- the semiconductor light emitting device is covered with the nitride phosphor according to the present invention, various problems such as deterioration, repulsion, peeling, etc. occurring at the interface between the nitride phosphor and the semiconductor light emitting device are caused by the same system. It can be suppressed by using a material.
- the light-emitting device preferably has an average color rendering index Ra of 75 to 95 and a color temperature of 2000K to 8000K.
- a warm white light emitting device can be provided.
- the color temperature is preferably 3000K to 5000K, and a light emitting device of a light bulb color can be used. Further, by increasing the value of the special color rendering property R 9, a reddish-white light emitting device can be provided.
- Hon-Rakumei aims to provide a slightly reddish warm-colored white light-emitting device, and a nitride phosphor having a light-emitting spectrum in the yellow to red region used in combination with a blue LED or the like.
- the present invention provides a phosphor having a high emission luminance, specifically, a light source
- a semiconductor light-emitting element that emits light in the ultraviolet to blue region of the light-emitting spectrum is used to convert the light from the semi-circular light-emitting element into a so-called color tone, so that it emits a slightly reddish warm white light.
- a phosphor having a short afterglow can be provided.
- a light emitting device that emits white light can be provided by combining a blue semiconductor light emitting element and the phosphor.
- a fifteenth phosphor according to the present invention is a fluorescent display tube, a display, a PDP, a CRT, a FL, a FED, a projection tube, and the like, in particular, a light emitting device using a blue light emitting diode or a violet light! It can be used for fluorescent lamps such as lighting for displays and lighting for medical sites. In addition, it can be applied to the field of backlight of mobile phones and light emitting diodes (LED).
- LED light emitting diodes
- the present invention solves a problem that has not been solved conventionally, and has extremely excellent technical significance.
- a third method for producing a nitride phosphor according to the present invention includes a method for producing a nitride phosphor, which comprises absorbing at least a portion of light having at least nitrogen and having a first light-emitting spectrum.
- a method for producing a nitride phosphor that emits light having a second light-emitting spectrum different from the first light-emitting spectrum is a third method for producing a nitride phosphor according to the present invention.
- a calcination step in an ammonia atmosphere A calcination step in an ammonia atmosphere.
- the conventional method for producing a phosphor (for example, described in International Publication No. 01/0403) is to mix well-purified raw materials such as a matrix and an activator, put them into a molybdenum crucible, and place them in a furnace. Through a firing step.
- the calcination step is performed in a mixed gas atmosphere of hydrogen (3.75%) and nitrogen (4001 / h). Is going.
- the manufacturing method according to the present invention is performed in an atmosphere of ammonia, thereby making it possible to manufacture a phosphor having an extremely high yield and exhibiting high-luminance light-emitting characteristics.
- Table 32 (which will be described in detail in the embodiments of the invention) shows a comparison result between an example related to the third manufacturing method according to the present invention and a comparative example (Comparative Example 10).
- Comparative Example 10 was fired in an atmosphere of hydrogen and nitrogen. In the embodiment of the present invention, firing is performed in an ammonia atmosphere.
- the luminance of the example of the present invention is 18% higher than that of the comparative example 10. This 18% increase in brightness has an extremely excellent effect and is technically significant. Energy efficiency has increased by 17.6%. In addition, the quantum efficiency has increased by 20.7%.
- the firing is preferably performed under a temperature condition of 1200 to 1600 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 1200 to 1400 ° C.
- the firing step according to the present invention is preferably performed through a one-step firing step in which firing is performed for several hours in the range of 1200 ° C to 1400 ° C, but the first firing step is performed at 700 ° C to 1,000 ° C for several hours.
- a two-stage sintering step in which the temperature is increased and the second sintering is performed at 1200 to 1400 ° C for several hours can be performed.
- the second emission spectrum has at least one peak in a yellow to red region.
- a light emitting device that emits white light can be configured in combination with a blue light emitting diode. More preferably, the second emission spectrum has one or more peaks in a yellow-red region in a wavelength range of 580 to 630 nm.
- the firing is preferably performed using a crucible made of boron nitride.
- the literature for Bow I uses a molybdenum crucible. Molybdenum crucibles can hinder luminescence or hinder the reaction system.
- Molybdenum crucibles can hinder luminescence or hinder the reaction system.
- the boron nitride crucible according to the present invention is used, it is possible to produce an extremely high-purity nitride phosphor because it does not inhibit light emission or the reaction system.
- the boron nitride crucible decomposes in hydrogen nitrogen, the hydrogen nitrogen atmosphere cannot be used in the synthesis method of the document for Bow I.
- the nitride phosphor is L X M Y N (2 / 3X + 4 / 3Y) : R (L is Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Cd, Hg At least one member selected from the group consisting of II values As described above, M is at least one selected from the group consisting of IV valency of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf, and R is an activator. It is preferable to have the basic configuration represented by This makes it possible to provide a nitride phosphor with high brightness, high energy efficiency, and high quantum efficiency.
- impurities contained in the raw material also remain, for example, Co, Mo, Ni, Cu, Fe, etc. These impurities lower the emission luminance. It is also preferable to remove as much as possible out of the system as it may cause the activator to inhibit the activity of the activator.
- the nitride phosphor is L X M Y N ( 2 , .3X + 4 / 3Y ): R (L is at least one selected from the group consisting of Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba valence II, M is S i, and R is an activator.
- This nitride phosphor emits light of the first emission spectrum having a peak at 400 to 460 nm and emits light of the first emission spectrum.
- a light-emitting device that has a peak wavelength in the vicinity and emits white light by mixing colors can be manufactured.
- This production method preferably includes a step of mixing the L nitride, the M nitride and the R compound.
- the mixing step is preferably performed before firing, but may be mixed during firing or after firing, and then fired again.
- the activator represented by R is preferably Eu.
- L X M Y N (( 2 3 ) x + C4 / 3) ⁇ ) In the basic structure represented by R, by using Eu as an activator,
- Fluorescent substance can be obtained.
- the raw material Eu compound is expensive, it is possible to produce a less expensive phosphor by reducing the compounding ratio of the Eu compound.
- a sixth light-emitting device is a semiconductor light-emitting device that emits light of a first light-emitting spectrum, and that absorbs at least a portion of the light of the first light-emitting spectrum and contains at least nitrogen.
- a semiconductor light emitting element and a phosphor having extremely excellent light emission characteristics it is possible to provide a light emitting device capable of emitting various colors in addition to blue, red, red, and red. it can.
- a light-emitting device that emits a slightly reddish white light, which is highly demanded by the market.
- An alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride phosphor that is an example of the nitride phosphor of the present invention absorbs light having a short wavelength of 250 to 450 nm in the visible light region, Reflection occurs at a long wavelength of 65 nm.
- a blue light-emitting diode is combined with the alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride phosphor of the present invention, and a part of the light emitted by the blue light-emitting diode is used as the alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride of the present invention.
- a slightly reddish white light emitting device A mixture of a blue light emitting diode, a known Y 3 A 1 s Ot 2 phosphor and the alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride phosphor of the present invention can also be used in combination. Visible light in the blue region, yellow-orange region Visible light in a white region can be obtained by mixing with visible light in the region.
- the present invention provides a nitride phosphor excellent in light emission characteristics such as high luminance, high energy efficiency, and high quantum efficiency, and a method for producing the same. It has the technical significance that it is possible to provide an apparatus and to provide a method for producing a nitride phosphor with good production efficiency.
- a phosphor having a high emission luminance specifically, a light source using a light emitting diode having an emission spectrum in an ultraviolet to blue region, and using the light from the light diode.
- a phosphor that emits white light and has excellent emission characteristics can be provided.
- a light emitting device that emits white light can be provided by combining a blue light emitting diode and the phosphor.
- the present invention provides a light emitting element, a first phosphor that absorbs at least a part of light from the light emitting element and emits light of different wavelengths, and light from the light emitting element.
- a second phosphor that absorbs at least a portion of the first phosphor and emits light of different wavelengths, wherein the light-emitting element has a peak wavelength of a light-emitting spectrum, the first phosphor
- the present invention relates to a light emitting device characterized by being located on the longer wavelength side than the peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum of the second phosphor and the peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum of the second phosphor.
- An object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device in which displacement is prevented. It is preferable that the first phosphor and the second phosphor have substantially the same change in emission intensity with the change in the ambient temperature of the first phosphor and the second phosphor.
- the temperature characteristics of the first phosphor and the second phosphor whose excitation efficiencies fluctuate due to a change in ambient temperature due to an increase in the input power of the phosphor, become substantially the same, and the ambient temperature
- a light emitting device capable of suppressing the occurrence of color shift even when the light emission changes.
- a light emitting device in which the occurrence of color shift is further suppressed by the interaction between color shift caused by an increase in the current density of the light emitting element and color shift caused by a change in the ambient temperature of the phosphor.
- the change in the ambient temperature of the first phosphor and the second phosphor is mainly due to the change in the current applied to the light emitting element.
- the temperature changes of the first phosphor and the second phosphor whose excitation efficiencies change due to the influence of heat from the light emitting element become almost the same, and the ambient temperature of the phosphor changes.
- the light-emitting element has a light-emitting spectrum with a peak wavelength of 350 nm to 530 nm.
- 40 Onm to 53 Onm having a color tone to light from the light emitting element is preferable. With such a configuration, it is possible to control a change in color tone of the semiconductor light emitting element and a change in color tone of the phosphor, thereby controlling the color shift of the entire light emitting device.
- the present invention relates to a light emitting device in which light emission of a phosphor by excitation light on the short wavelength side of the light emitting element is higher than light emission of the phosphor by excitation light on the long wavelength side of the light emitting element.
- the first phosphor has a first phosphor on a short wavelength side of the range of the wavelength change of the light emitting element which is generated when the current density of the light emitting element is changed. It preferably has a peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum. Light emitting element Since the peak wavelength of the optical spectrum is located at the peak wavelength where the first phosphor has the largest excitation absorption, the first phosphor can emit light most efficiently. Because it is possible to control the maximum.
- the first phosphor contains Y and A], and is selected from at least one element selected from Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, Eu and Sm, and selected from Ga and In. And a yttrium-aluminum-garnet-based phosphor activated by at least one element selected from rare earth elements.
- Y and A is selected from at least one element selected from Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, Eu and Sm, and selected from Ga and In.
- a yttrium-aluminum-garnet-based phosphor activated by at least one element selected from rare earth elements.
- a difference between a peak wavelength of an excitation spectrum of the first phosphor and a peak wavelength of an emission spectrum of the light emitting element is 40 nm or less.
- the present invention relates to a light emitting device in which the light emission of the phosphor by the excitation light on the short wavelength side of the light emitting element is higher than the light emission of the phosphor by the excitation light on the long wavelength side of the light emitting element.
- the second phosphor contains N, and at least one element selected from Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn, and C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Z r, and at least one element selected from Hf, and selected from rare earth elements. It is preferable to include a nitride-based phosphor activated by at least one of the selected elements. With this configuration, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of color misregistration even when the ambient temperature changes, and also to suppress a decrease in the luminous flux [1 m] of the entire light emitting device due to heat generation. It can be a light-emitting device.
- the second phosphor is preferably a phosphor that emits light when excited by light having a wavelength of 350 to 600 nm.
- the light emitting device is preferably a backlight light source of a liquid crystal display or a light source for illumination.
- a liquid crystal display or a light source for illumination By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to form a liquid crystal display or a light source for illumination, in which color shift is less likely to occur due to a change in surroundings as compared with the related art.
- a light emitting device includes a light source, and a plurality of phosphors that absorb at least a part of light from the light source and emit light having different wavelengths.
- the phosphor includes: a first phosphor on at least one light source; and at least one or more second phosphors in which at least a part of emitted light is absorbed by the first phosphor.
- the second phosphor is provided on the at least one light source and / or on at least one light source different from the at least one light source.
- a light emitting device according to claim 100 is provided on the at least one light source and / or on at least one light source different from the at least one light source.
- the invention according to claim 102 of the present invention is characterized in that the light emitting device includes: a first recess on which the first phosphor and at least one light source are mounted; and the first recess.
- the light emitting device according to claim 100 further comprising a second concave portion on which at least one light source is mounted, said second phosphor and at least one light source.
- the invention according to claim 103 of the present invention is directed to the first phosphor, wherein the first phosphor contains N, and is composed of powers Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn. At least one element selected from the group consisting of at least one element selected from C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and H ⁇ , and at least one element selected from rare earth elements. 103.
- the second phosphor includes ⁇ and A 1, and includes power Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, and Eu. And yttrium containing at least one element selected from Sm and one element selected from Ga and In and activated by at least one element selected from rare earth elements (4)
- the light emitting device according to any one of (100) to (103), further comprising aluminum garnet phosphor.
- the second phosphor has a light emission output reduction rate with respect to a temperature rise that is substantially equal to that of the first phosphor. 5.
- the invention according to claim 106 of the present invention is the light emitting device according to claims 100 to 105, wherein the light source is a semiconductor light emitting element.
- the light source is a semiconductor light emitting device.
- the light emitting device according to claim 100 wherein said light source is a light source comprising a combination of: a phosphor that absorbs at least a part of light from said semiconductor light emitting element and emits light having different wavelengths.
- the light source has a peak wavelength of the light-emitting spectrum of 350 nm to 530 nm. It is the light emitting device of the above.
- the invention according to claim 109 of the present invention is the light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 108, wherein the light emitting device is a backlight light source of a liquid crystal display or a light source for illumination.
- the invention according to claim 110 of the present invention is characterized in that a light source that emits light for exciting the first phosphor and a light emission output of a light source that emits light for exciting the second phosphor are: 10.
- FIG. 1 is a sectional view showing a light emitting device of type I according to the present invention.
- FIG. 2A is a plan view showing a type II light emitting device according to the present invention
- FIG. 2B is a sectional view thereof.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a type III light emitting device of the cap type according to the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a flow of a manufacturing process of the nitride phosphor according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the phosphor of Example 60.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a reflection spectrum of the phosphor of Example 60.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating chromaticity coordinates of the light emitting device according to the working example 81 of the invention.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Example 86.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a reflection spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Example 86.
- 12A and 12B are SEM photographs of the nitride phosphor of Example 86.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flow of a manufacturing process of the phosphor according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 14 shows the co-activator for the base nitride phosphor C a -S i -N: Eu, WR
- FIG. 10 is a graph comparing the emission luminances of the phosphors of Examples 110 to 124 with variously changed WRs.
- FIG. 15 shows the results obtained by measuring the emission luminances of the phosphors of Examples 125 to 133 in which the addition concentration of the coactivator La in the base nitride phosphor C a -S i -N: Eu, La was variously changed. It is a figure showing a result.
- FIG. 16 shows the emission spectra of the phosphors of Examples 127 to 129 in which the addition concentration of the coactivator La in the base nitride phosphor C a -S i -N: Eu, La was variously changed.
- FIG. 16 shows the emission spectra of the phosphors of Examples 127 to 129 in which the addition concentration of the coactivator La in the base nitride phosphor C a -S i -N: Eu, La was variously changed.
- FIG. 17 shows reflection spectra of the phosphors of Examples 127 to 129 in which the addition concentration of the coactivator La in the base nitride phosphor C a -S i -N: Eu, La was variously changed.
- FIG. 17 shows reflection spectra of the phosphors of Examples 127 to 129 in which the addition concentration of the coactivator La in the base nitride phosphor C a -S i -N: Eu, La was variously changed.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram showing excitation spectra of the phosphors of Examples 127 to 129 in which the addition concentration of the co-activator La in the base nitride phosphor C aS i- ⁇ : Eu, La was variously changed. It is.
- FIG. 19A is an SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of the phosphor of Example 128, and FIG. 19B is a photograph of the phosphor of Example 129.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the chromaticity coordinates of the light emitting device of the embodiment 167 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating a method of manufacturing a phosphor according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the phosphor of Example 173.
- FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a reflection spectrum of the phosphor of Example 173.
- FIG. 27A is an SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of the phosphor of Example 205
- FIG. 27B is a photograph of the phosphor of Example 206.
- FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a light emitting spectrum of the light emitting device according to the embodiment 221 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating the color rendering property evaluation of the light emitting device of Example 221.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a light emitting spectrum of the light emitting device according to the embodiment 222 of the present invention.
- FIG. 31 is a diagram showing the color rendering evaluation of the light emitting device of Example 222.
- FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating the chromaticity coordinates of the light emitting device of the embodiment 222 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a flow of a manufacturing process of the nitride phosphor of the fifth embodiment according to the present invention.
- FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Examples 225 and 226.
- FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a reflection spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Examples 225 and 226. It is.
- FIG. 37 is a SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of the nitride phosphor of Example 222.
- FIG. 40 is a view showing a result of measuring the afterglow of Example 233.
- FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a light-emitting spectrum of the light-emitting device of Example 245 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 42 is a diagram showing chromaticity coordinates of the light emitting device of Example 245.
- FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a flow of the 'production process' of the phosphor according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 46 shows the excitation spectrum of Examples 248 and 249.
- FIG. 47 shows the reflection spectra of Examples 248 and 249.
- FIG. 50 is a graph showing the reflectance of Examples 251 and 252 ′.
- FIG. 51 is a diagram showing the excitation spectra of Examples 251 and 252.
- FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a light emitting spectrum of the light emitting device of Example 256 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 54 is a diagram illustrating chromaticity coordinates of the light emitting device of Example 256.
- FIG. 55 is a schematic sectional view of a light emitting diode according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a current-relative light emission spectrum characteristic of an LED chip in one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 57 is a diagram showing an excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 59 is a diagram showing an excitation absorption spectrum of the nitride-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a light emitting spectrum of the nitride-based phosphor according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 61 is a diagram showing ambient temperature-chromaticity characteristics (measured by pulse driving) in one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a current-chromaticity characteristic (measurement by Lulles drive) according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 63 is a diagram showing current-chromaticity characteristics (measured by DC driving) in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 64 is a diagram showing ambient temperature-relative light output characteristics of phosphor 1 in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 65 is a diagram showing ambient temperature-relative light output characteristics of phosphor 2 in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 66 is a diagram showing the ambient temperature versus relative light output characteristics of the phosphor 3 in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 67 is a diagram showing ambient temperature-relative light output characteristics of phosphor 4 in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 68 is a diagram showing ambient temperature-relative light output characteristics of the phosphor 5 in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 69 is a diagram showing an excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 70 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum of a YAG-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 71 is a diagram showing an excitation absorption spectrum of the nitride-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum of the nitride-based phosphor in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 73 is a diagram showing current-chromaticity characteristics (measured by DC driving) in one example of the present invention.
- FIG. 74 is a schematic sectional view of a light emitting diode according to the present invention.
- FIG. 75 is a schematic sectional view of a light emitting diode according to the present invention.
- FIG. 76 is a schematic sectional view of a light emitting diode according to the present invention.
- FIG. 77 is a schematic sectional view of a light emitting diode according to the present invention.
- FIG. 78 is a schematic front view (78A) and a cross-sectional view (78B) of the light emitting diode according to the present invention.
- FIG. 79 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum characteristic of the light emitting device according to the present invention.
- FIG. 80 is a diagram showing a light emitting spectrum characteristic of a light emitting device of a conventional technique shown for comparison with the present invention.
- FIG. 81 is a diagram showing the emission spectrum characteristics of the LED chip according to the present invention.
- FIG. 82 is a diagram showing an excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor according to the present invention.
- FIG. 83 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor in the present invention.
- FIG. 84 is a diagram showing an excitation absorption spectrum of the nitride phosphor of the present invention.
- FIG. 85 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum of the nitride phosphor of the present invention. 8 6, Figure in ⁇ 0 0 indicating the current color of characteristics in the present invention (DC measurement by driving)
- FIG. 87 is a diagram showing ambient temperature versus relative light output characteristics of a light emitting diode using the phosphor 261-1 in the present invention.
- FIG. 88 shows the periphery of the light emitting diode using the phosphor 261-2 in the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating temperature-relative light output characteristics.
- FIG. 89 is a graph showing the ambient temperature versus relative light output characteristics of a light emitting diode using the phosphor 266-1 in the present invention.
- FIG. 90 is a diagram showing the ambient temperature versus relative light output characteristics of a light emitting diode using the phosphor 266-1 in the present invention.
- FIG. 91 is a diagram showing the ambient temperature versus relative light output characteristics of a light emitting diode using the phosphor 266-3 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 93 is a diagram showing reflection spectra of phosphors 7-1 to 7-4.
- FIG. 94 is a diagram showing excitation spectra of the phosphors 7-1 to 7-4.
- FIG. 95 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the phosphor 7-5.
- FIG. 96 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the phosphors 7-6.
- a light emitting device includes a light emitting element having a first light emitting spectrum and a light emitting element having a second light emitting spectrum by absorbing at least a part of light of the first light emitting spectrum.
- a light emitting device comprising at least a phosphor, wherein the specific phosphor according to the present invention is used as the phosphor.
- the light emitting device I of type 1 includes a sapphire substrate 1, a semiconductor layer 2 laminated on the upper surface thereof, and a positive / negative electrode 3 formed on the semiconductor layer 2 (positive / negative electrodes 3 are on the same surface on the semiconductor layer 2).
- a light-emitting element 10 comprising:
- It is composed of a mold member 15 covering the entirety and a force.
- a light-emitting layer (not shown) is provided on the semiconductor layer 2 on the sapphire substrate 1, and the light-emission spectrum of light output from this light-emitting layer is in the ultraviolet to blue region (500 to 500). nm or less).
- This type 1 light emitting device I is manufactured, for example, as follows.
- the light emitting element 10 is set on a die bonder, and the electrode is turned up (face-up) and die-bonded (bonded) to a lead frame 13a provided with a cup. After die bonding, the lead frame 13 to which the light emitting element is die-bonded is transferred to a wire bonder, and the negative electrode 3 of the light emitting element 10 is bonded to the lead frame 13 a provided with a cup with a gold wire by wire bonding. Wire pound electrode 3 to the other lead frame 13.
- the phosphor 11 and the coating member 12 are transported to a molding apparatus and injected into the cup of the lead frame 13 with a dispenser.
- the phosphor 11 and the coating member 12 are previously uniformly mixed in a desired ratio.
- the lead frame 13 is immersed in a mold form in which the mold member 15 has been previously injected, and then the mold is removed and the resin is cured.
- the light emitting device I is manufactured.
- the type 2 light emitting device I I different from the type 1 light emitting device I will be described with reference to FIG.
- This type 2 light emitting device II is a surface mount type light emitting device.
- various light-emitting elements can be used as the light-emitting element 101.
- an ultraviolet nitride semiconductor light-emitting element and a blue nitride semiconductor light-emitting element can also be used.
- the ultraviolet light emitting element 101 will be described as an example.
- the light emitting device 101 is a nitride semiconductor light emitting device having an InGaN semiconductor having a peak wavelength of about 370 nm as a light emitting layer.
- LED element The structure consists of an undoped nitride semiconductor n-type GaN layer on a sapphire substrate, a Si-doped n-type electrode formed as an n-type contact layer, and a n-type nitride semiconductor.
- A) GaN layer as a) type cladding layer and GaN layer as a p-type contact layer doped with Mg are sequentially laminated.
- a GaN layer is formed on the sapphire substrate as a buffer layer at a low temperature.
- the p-type semiconductor is annealed at a temperature of 400 ° C. or more after the film formation.
- the surface of each pn contact layer is exposed on the same side of the nitride semiconductor on the sapphire substrate by etching, and an n-electrode is formed in a strip shape on the exposed n-type contact layer.
- a translucent P electrode made of a metal thin film is formed on the entire surface. Further, a pedestal electrode is formed on the translucent P electrode in parallel with the n electrode by using a sputtering method.
- the package is composed of a Kovar base 105 having a concave portion for accommodating the light emitting element 101 at the center, and a Kovar lid 106.
- the base 105 has Kovar lead electrodes on both sides of the recess.
- the Kovar lid 106 is provided with a glass window 107 in the center. Further, a NiZAg layer is formed on the surfaces of the base 105 and the lead electrodes 102.
- the type 2 light emitting device II is manufactured as follows.
- the above-described LED chip 101 is die-bonded with an Ag-Sri alloy into the concave portion of the base 105 configured as described above.
- each electrode of the die-pounded LED chip 101 and each lead electrode 102 exposed on the bottom surface of the concave portion of the base 105 are electrically connected to each other by an Ag wire 104.
- a lid 106 made of Kovar having a glass window 107 in the center is covered with seam welding to perform sealing.
- a color conversion section (a coating section including a phosphor 108) 109 is provided in advance on the back surface of the glass window section 107.
- This color converter 1 0 9 Is a slurry comprising pre nitrocellulose 9 0 wt% and ⁇ - Akuremina 1 0 wt%, B was added C a 2 S i 5 N 8 : E u, (.
- the light-emitting device II thus configured is a light-emitting diode capable of emitting high-luminance white light. Further, according to this type 2 light emitting device II, it is possible to provide a light emitting device with extremely easy chromaticity adjustment and excellent mass productivity and reliability.
- the constituent members can be made inorganic, and the light emitted from the LED chip 101 emits light in an ultraviolet region or a short wavelength of visible light. Even if it is in the wavelength region, the configuration includes a light emitting device with extremely high reliability.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a configuration of a type 3 light emitting device I II according to the present invention.
- the light emitting device I II is a cap type light emitting device.
- the light emitting device III is configured by covering a surface of a mold member 15 of the light emitting device I with a cap 16 made of a light transmitting resin in which a phosphor (not shown) is dispersed.
- the cap 16 uniformly disperses the phosphor in the light transmitting resin.
- the light-transmitting resin containing the phosphor is molded into a shape that fits into the shape of the mold member 15 of the light emitting device I. Instead of fitting, a manufacturing method is also possible in which a light-transmitting resin containing a phosphor is put in a predetermined mold, and then the light emitting device I is pushed into the mold and molded.
- a transparent resin excellent in temperature characteristics and weather resistance such as an epoxy resin, a urea resin, and a silicone resin, a silica sol, a glass, and an inorganic binder are used.
- thermosetting resins such as melamine resins and phenol resins can be used.
- thermoplastic resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, and polystyrene; styrene-butadiene block copolymer; and thermoplastics such as segmented polyurethane Rubber or the like can also be used.
- a diffusing agent, parium titanate, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, or the like may be contained together with the phosphor.
- a light stabilizer or a coloring agent may be contained.
- the phosphor used for the cap 16 is a phosphor specific to the present invention described later.
- the phosphor according to the present invention may also be used in the cup of the mount 13 'lead 13a. However, since the phosphor is used for the cap 16, only the coating member 12 may be provided in the cup of the mount 'lead 13a.
- the wavelength is converted by the phosphor.
- Such wavelength-converted light is mixed with blue light that has not been wavelength-converted by the phosphor, and as a result, white light is emitted to the outside from the surface of the cap 16.
- the phosphor according to the embodiment will be described.
- the phosphor according to the present invention has a general formula of L X M Y N ( (2/3) ⁇ + (4/3) ⁇ ) : R or L x
- nitride phosphor represented by R
- the nitride phosphor includes the L , The M, the 0, the tirfBN, and an element different from the R (hereinafter, simply referred to as a “different element”), wherein L is Mg, Ca, Sr, B a, at least one selected from Group II elements consisting of Zn,
- M is at least one selected from the group IV elements that require Si among C, Si, and Ge;
- R is at least one or more selected from rare earth elements in which Eu is essential among Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu.
- X, Y and Z are any straight numbers greater than 0.
- the different elements are Group I elements consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Cu, Ag, and Au; Group III elements consisting of B, Al, Ga, and In; Ti, Zr , Hf, Sn, Group IV element consisting of Pb, P, Sb, Group V element consisting of Bi, Group VI element consisting of S, Group V element consisting of V, Nb, Ta, Cr, At least one element selected from the group VI elements consisting of Mo and W, the group VI elements consisting of Re, and the group VIII elements consisting of Fe, Co, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, and Ru force Element.
- One or more of these different elements are contained in the nitride phosphor.
- the amount of added different elements in the manufacturing process should be determined in consideration of the scattering amount of different elements in the firing process. In some cases, it may be 500 ppm or more. For example, in the firing step in the manufacturing process, different elements are scattered, so that the desired performance can be achieved even if the amount of the different elements added to the raw material is 10,000 ppm or more. Even in such a case, it is preferable to adjust the amount of the different elements in the final product so as to be 1000 ppm or less, whereby the emission characteristics such as luminance can be adjusted.
- L is composed of at least one of Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn as described above. That is, in the present invention, L may be one kind of element, or L may include two or more elements.
- the mixture ratio of Sr and Ca can be varied as desired.
- mixing Sr and Ca shifts the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum to a longer wavelength side.
- the molar ratio of binding a is approximately 5: 5
- the peak wavelength shifts to the longest wavelength side
- S r When the molar ratio of Ca to Ca is 7: 3 or 3: 7, the peak wavelength shifts to the longer wavelength side as compared with the case where only Ca and Sr are used, respectively.
- M has at least one or more selected from the group IV elements that require Si among (:, Si, and Ge. That is, in the first embodiment, only M May be used, a combination of C and Si, a combination of Si and Ge, C, Si,
- R has at least one kind selected from rare earth elements which require Eu among Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu. That is, in the first embodiment, R may be composed of only Eu, or may include Eu, and may include one or more of the above listed elements (elements other than Eu). May be. As described above, in the first embodiment, by specifying the element used as the scale, it is possible to provide a nitride phosphor excellent in light emission characteristics.
- a rare-earth element palladium (Eu), which is a rare earth element
- Yuguchi Pium mainly has divalent and trivalent energy levels.
- Eu 2 + is used as an activator for the base alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride.
- another activator for example, Ce or Nd, the color tone can be changed, and the luminous efficiency can be adjusted.
- the above-mentioned different elements may be contained in the raw material used for producing the phosphor, or may be used alone during the production process. Alternatively, it may be incorporated in the form of a compound and then fired together with the raw materials. However, the above-mentioned different elements may not be contained in the nitride phosphor after firing. Even if it is contained, it may be smaller than the initially added amount (the amount added during the raw material or manufacturing process) and may not remain. This is probably because the different elements described above were scattered in the firing step.
- the phosphor according to the first embodiment absorbs a part of the light in the ultraviolet to blue region emitted by the light emitting element 10 and emits light in the yellow to red region.
- the phosphor of the first embodiment is applied to, for example, a type 1 light emitting device I
- the warm color white light emitting device can be configured by mixing the colors.
- the light emitting device in addition to the nitride phosphor of Embodiment 1, light having a first light emitting spectrum output from the light emitting element, and the nitride phosphor of Embodiment 1 Absorbs at least a portion of the light having the second emission spectrum output from the light source and emits light having a wavelength different from that of the absorbed light (at least one light from the blue region to the green, yellow, and red regions).
- One or more phosphors that output light having the third emission spectrum having the above peak wavelength may be provided, and thereby, it is possible to multiply the emission colors.
- the phosphor having the third emission spectrum is at least a yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, and at least a yttrium-gadolinium oxide activated with cerium. It preferably contains at least one of a minium oxide phosphor and at least one of cerium-activated yttrium.gallium.aluminum oxide phosphor.
- Ln 3 M 5 ⁇ 12 : R (Ln is at least 1 or more selected from Y, Gd, and La).
- R contains at least one of G a is a Rantanoido system), (Y - xGaJ 3 ( a 1 _ y Ga y! 5 0 12:.. R (R is, It is at least 1 or more selected from Ce, Tb, Pr, Sm, Eu, Dy, and Ho. 0 ⁇ R ⁇ 0.5.)
- G a is a Rantanoido system
- R is, It is at least 1 or more selected from Ce, Tb, Pr, Sm, Eu, Dy, and Ho. 0 ⁇ R ⁇ 0.5.
- These phosphors are near-ultraviolet. From the short wavelength side of visible light, excited by light in the wavelength range of 270 to 500 nm, It has a peak wavelength of the emission spectrum in the range of 500 to 600 nm.
- the phosphor having the third emission spectrum is not limited to the above phosphor, and various phosphors can be used.
- the yttrium / aluminum oxide phosphor activated by cerium absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and emits light in a yellow region.
- the light becomes bluish white due to the color mixture of the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and the yellow light of the yttrium-anoremium oxide phosphor. Therefore, by mixing the above-mentioned yttrium aluminum oxide phosphor and the above-mentioned nitride phosphor together with a light-transmissive coating member, the blue phosphor emitted by the light-emitting element 10 can be used.
- a white light emitting device of a warm color type or a light bulb color can be configured. Further, by appropriately changing the combination of phosphors and the content of each phosphor, it is possible to provide a white light emitting device having various spectrum distributions.
- a white light emitting device having a warm color system or an increased redness means one having an average color rendering index Ra of 75 to 95 and a color temperature of 2000 to 800 OK.
- Light bulb color, warm white, white, day white, and daylight in the JISZ 911 standard can also be realized.
- Particularly preferred among the light emitting devices according to the present invention are white light emitting devices in which the average color rendering index Ra and the color temperature are located on the locus of black body radiation in the chromaticity diagram.
- the amounts of the yttrium aluminum oxide phosphor and the phosphor according to the present invention can be appropriately changed in order to provide a light emitting device having a desired color temperature and an average color rendering index.
- This warm-colored white light emitting device can further improve the special color rendering index R9.
- the conventional white light-emitting device which combines a blue light-emitting element and cerium-activated lithium aluminum oxide phosphor, has a special color rendering index R9 of nearly 0 and lacks reddish components. I was Therefore, increasing the special color rendering index R9 has been a problem to be solved.
- the special color rendering index R9 can be improved. Can be increased from 60 to 70.
- the special color rendering index R 9 is obtained based on individual color misregistration of seven types of color patches different from the average color rendering, and is not an average of the seven types.
- the seven types of color charts those representing relatively saturated red, yellow, green, blue, human skin (white), green leaves, and human skin (Japanese) were selected. So They are called R9, R10, Rll, R12, R13, R14, and R15, respectively.
- R9 is a color chart showing red.
- the phosphor used in combination with the nitride phosphor of the present invention is not limited to the yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor and the like, and is the same as the yttrium-aluminum phosphor.
- a phosphor having a third emission spectrum having at least one peak wavelength from a blue region to a green region, a yellow region, and a red region is also combined with the nitride phosphor. Can be used. This makes it possible to provide a white light emitting device based on the principle of light color mixing.
- phosphor used in combination with the nitride phosphor a green light-emitting phosphor S r A 1 2 0 4: Eu, Y 2 S I_ ⁇ 5: C e, Tb, Mg A 1 1 ⁇ 0 19 : Ce, Tb, Sr 7 A 1 12 0 25 : Eu, (at least one of Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) Ga 2 S 4 : Eu, blue light emitting phosphor S r 5 (P0 4) 3 C 1: Eu, (S r C a B a) 5 (P0 4) 3 C l: Eu, (B a C a) 5 (P0 4) 3 C l: Eu, ( mg, C a, S r, B at least one or more of a) 2 B 5 O 9 C 1: E u, Mn, (mg, C a, S r,: at least one or more of B a) (P_ ⁇ 4) 6 C 1 2: Eu , Mn, red
- the present invention is not limited to the production method.
- the phosphor contains Li, Na, K, ⁇ , and ⁇ ⁇ .
- the raw material Ca is pulverized (P1 in Fig. 4).
- the raw material Ca it is preferable to use Ca alone, but compounds such as imid compounds and amide compounds can also be used. Further, the raw material Ca may contain Li, Na, K, B, A1, and the like. Raw materials are preferably purified No. This eliminates the need for a purification step, thereby simplifying the phosphor manufacturing process and providing an inexpensive nitride phosphor.
- the average particle size should be in the range of about 0.1 / 2 m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less, such as reactivity with other raw materials, particle size control during firing and after firing, etc. However, the present invention is not limited to this range.
- the purity of Ca is preferably 2 N or more, but is not limited thereto.
- the raw material Ca can be nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at a temperature of 600 to 900 ° C. for about 5 hours to obtain a nitride of Ca (Ca 3 N 2 ).
- the nitride of Ca is preferably of high purity.
- the nitride of C a (C a 3 N 2 ) is pulverized.
- the raw material Si it is preferable to use a simple substance, but a nitride compound, an imide compound, an amide compound, or the like can also be used.
- a nitride compound, an imide compound, an amide compound, or the like can also be used.
- the purity of the raw material Si is preferably 3N or more, but may contain different elements such as Li, Na, K :, B, Al, and Cu.
- the average particle size of the Si compound after pulverization should be in the range of about 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 15 / Xm or less from the viewpoint of reactivity with other raw materials and control of the particle size during and after firing. Is preferred.
- the ground Si is nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere.
- the crushed silicon Si is also nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at a temperature of 800 to 1200 for about 5 hours to obtain silicon nitride.
- the silicon nitride used in the present invention is preferably of high purity.
- the £ 1! Compound £ 2 0 3, compound H 3 B0 3 of B is wet-mixed-(P 7).
- the compound of Eu palladium oxide is used, but metal europium, pium nitride, etc. can also be used.
- imid compounds and amide compounds can be used as Eu as a raw material. It is preferable that the palladium having a high oxide purity is used.
- different elements such as the compound of B are wet-mixed, but may be dry-mixed.
- each element (different element) is added in a state that is easy to diffuse into the nitride in order to evaluate the effect of a specific element mixed into the crucible, furnace material constituent elements, or raw materials.
- the salt of each element obtained here is presumed to have a diffusibility of elements equal to or higher than the normal form of crucibles and furnace materials, simple metals, or oxides .
- the average particle size of the mixture of Eu and B after milling is preferably from about 0.1 m to 15 / Xm.
- the nitride of Ca, the nitride of Si, and the mixture of Eu and B after the pulverization are mixed.
- Equation 3 shows the reaction formula of the nitride phosphor by firing in the process 11.
- the phosphor of the first embodiment is manufactured.
- the firing temperature can range from 1200 to 2000 ° C.
- a firing temperature of 400 to 1800 ° C is preferred.
- the firing it is preferable to use a single-stage firing in which the temperature is gradually raised and firing is performed at 1200 to 1500 ° C for several hours, but the first-stage firing is performed at 800 to 1000 ° C and gradually heated. It is also possible to use a two-stage firing (multi-stage firing) in which the second firing is performed at 1200 to 1500 ° C. Wear.
- the raw material of the phosphor is preferably fired using a crucible or boat made of boron nitride (BN).
- BN boron nitride
- Other crucible boron nitride material quality it is also possible to use a crucible of alumina (A 1 2 0 3) Material. This is because B, A1, and the like can improve the luminance more than Mo and can provide a phosphor having high luminous efficiency.
- the reducing atmosphere is an atmosphere containing at least one of nitrogen, hydrogen, argon, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, and ammonia.
- baking can be performed under a reducing atmosphere other than these.
- the composition of the target phosphor can be changed by changing each raw material and its mixing ratio.
- the light-emitting element is a semiconductor light-emitting element having a light-emitting spectrum capable of efficiently exciting a phosphor (that is, a semiconductor having a light-emitting layer that emits light having an emission spectrum capable of efficiently exciting a phosphor).
- a semiconductor having a light-emitting layer that emits light having an emission spectrum capable of efficiently exciting a phosphor is preferred.
- Various semiconductors such as BN, SiC, ZnSeGaN, InGaN, InAlGaN, AlGaN, BA1GaN, and BInAlGaN can be cited as materials for such semiconductor light emitting devices. it can.
- these elements may contain Si, Zn, or the like as an impurity element to serve as a luminescence center.
- nitride semiconductors for example, nitride semiconductors including A1 and Ga Inx A 1 Y G a ⁇ X-- Y N, 0 x 1 x 1, 0 x 1 x , X + Y ⁇ 1) are more suitable for nitride semiconductors containing In and Ga. No.
- N junction As the structure of the semiconductor, a homo structure, a hetero structure, or a double-head structure having a MIS junction, a PIN junction, and a! N junction is preferably exemplified.
- Various emission wavelengths can be selected depending on the material of the semiconductor layer and its mixed crystal ratio.
- the output can be further improved by using a single quantum well structure or a multiple quantum well structure in which the semiconductor active layer is formed as a thin film in which a quantum effect occurs.
- a nitride semiconductor a material such as sapphire, spinel, SiC, Si, ZnO, GaAs, or GaN is suitably used for the substrate.
- a nitride semiconductor having good crystallinity with good mass productivity it is preferable to use a sapphire substrate.
- a nitride semiconductor can be formed using HVPE or M ⁇ CVD.
- a non-single-crystal buffer layer formed by growing GaN, A1N, and AIN at a low temperature on a sapphire substrate is formed, and a nitride semiconductor having a pn junction is formed thereon.
- a manufacturing example of a light-emitting element using this nitride semiconductor and capable of efficiently emitting light in the ultraviolet region having a P11 junction is as follows.
- a first contact layer made of n-type gallium nitride, a first cladding layer made of n-type aluminum nitride gallium, a well layer of indium nitride / remium-gallium, and aluminum nitride were formed by MOCVD.
- the p-ohmic electrode is formed on almost the entire surface of the p-type contact layer. No ,.
- the pad electrode 3 is formed.
- the n-electrode is formed on the exposed portion by removing the undoped GaN layer from the p-type contact layer by etching to expose a part of the n-type contact layer.
- a light emitting layer having a multiple quantum well structure is used.
- the present invention is not limited to this.
- a single quantum well structure using InGaN is used.
- GaN doped with 11-type or p-type impurities such as Si and ⁇ 11 may be used.
- the light-emitting layer of the light-emitting element 10 has the following structure by changing the content of In.
- the main emission peak can be changed in the range from 0 nm to 49 nm. Further, the emission wavelength is not limited to the above range, and one having an emission wavelength of 360 to 550 nm can be used.
- a semiconductor light emitting device having a double-headed structure is formed on the substrate.
- a semiconductor laser device having an active layer formed in a ridge stripe shape and sandwiched by a guide layer and provided with a resonator end face may be used.
- the nitride semiconductor exhibits n-type conductivity without being doped with impurities.
- p-type nitride semiconductor it is preferable to dope p-type dopants such as Zn, Mg, Be, Ca, Sr, and Ba.
- a nitride semiconductor Since it is difficult for a nitride semiconductor to become a p-type simply by doping with a p-type dopant, it is preferable to reduce the resistance by introducing a p-type dopant and then performing a treatment such as heating in a furnace or plasma irradiation. If the structure does not remove the sapphire substrate, partially etch the surface of the first contact layer from the P-type side to the same side! The electrodes are formed on each contact layer by exposing the contact layers on the) side and the n side. Then, a light emitting element made of a nitride semiconductor is manufactured by cutting into a chip shape.
- the light-emitting element is a force selected in relation to the emission wavelength and excitation wavelength of the phosphor used to achieve the required emission color. Etc. are taken into consideration and selected as appropriate. In the present invention, those having an emission spectrum in the ultraviolet region and having a main emission wavelength of 360 nm or more and 420 nm or less, or 450 nm or more and 450 nm or less are also used. be able to.
- the impurity concentration of the semiconductor light emitting device is 10 17 to 10 2 .
- the sheet resistance Rn of the n-type contact layer formed at / cm 3 and the sheet resistance Rp of the translucent p-electrode be adjusted so as to satisfy the relationship of Rp ⁇ Rn.
- the n-type contact layer is formed to have a thickness of, for example, 3 to: L0 ⁇ , and more preferably 4 to 6 m, its sheet resistance Rn is estimated to be 10 to 15 ⁇ . Therefore, Rp at this time is preferably formed in a thin film so as to have a sheet resistance value equal to or more than the above-mentioned sheet resistance value (10 to 15 ⁇ / port).
- the translucent ⁇ electrode may be formed of a thin film having a thickness of 15 O / m or less.
- ITO and ⁇ other than metal can be used for the p electrode.
- an electrode form having a plurality of light extraction openings such as a mesh electrode may be used.
- the translucent electrode is formed of a multilayer film or an alloy composed of one selected from the group of gold and platinum group elements and at least one other element
- the stability and reproducibility can be improved by adjusting the sheet resistance of the translucent ⁇ electrode according to the content of the contained gold or platinum group element.
- the gold or metal element has a high absorption coefficient in the wavelength region of the semiconductor light-emitting element used in the present invention, the smaller the amount of the gold or platinum group element contained in the translucent ⁇ electrode, the better the transmittance.
- the conventional semiconductor light emitting device has a relation of sheet resistance Rp ⁇ Rn, but in the present invention, since Rp ⁇ Rn, the translucent p-electrode is formed in a thin film as compared with the conventional one.
- the Rukoto This thinning can be easily achieved by reducing the content of gold or platinum group elements.
- the sheet resistance Rn QZ of the n-type contact layer and the sheet resistance Rp ⁇ / port of the translucent p-electrode have a relationship of R p ⁇ Rn. Is preferable. However, it is difficult to measure Rn after fabricating a semiconductor light-emitting device, and it is practically impossible to know the relationship between Rp and Rn. It is possible to find out if there is a relationship between and R ⁇ .
- the translucent ⁇ electrode and the ⁇ -type contact layer have a relationship of Rp ⁇ Rn
- this aims to further improve external quantum efficiency be able to.
- the extension conduction part is straight, since the area for blocking light is reduced.
- the shape may be a curved shape, a lattice shape, a branch shape, or a hook shape in addition to the straight shape.
- the light blocking effect increases in proportion to the total area of the p-side pedestal electrode, it is preferable to design the line width and the length of the extended conductive portion so that the light blocking effect does not exceed the light emission enhancing effect.
- the coating member 12 (light translucent material) is provided in the cup of the lead frame 13 and is used by being mixed with the phosphor 11 that converts the light emission of the light emitting element 10.
- a transparent resin excellent in temperature characteristics and weather resistance such as an epoxy resin, a urea resin, and a silicone resin, a silica sol, a glass, and an inorganic binder are used.
- a diffusing agent, barium titanate, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, or the like may be contained together with the phosphor 11.
- a light stabilizer and a coloring agent may be contained.
- the lead frame 13 is composed of a mount lead 13a and an inner lead 13b. .
- the mount ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ lead 13a is for arranging the light emitting element 10 thereon.
- the top of the mount-lead 13a is cup-shaped, and the light-emitting element 10 is die-pounded in the cup. Then, the outer surface of the light emitting element 10 is covered with a coating member 12 containing the phosphor 11 in the cup.
- a plurality of light emitting elements 10 can be arranged in a cup, and the mount 'lead 13a can be used as a common electrode of the plurality of light emitting elements 10. In this case, sufficient electrical conductivity and connectivity with the conductive wire 14 are required.
- the dip bond (adhesion) between the light emitting element 10 and the cup of the mount 'lead 13a can be made of a thermosetting resin or the like.
- the thermosetting resin include an epoxy resin, an atari resin, and an imide resin.
- it is necessary to use Ag paste, carbon paste, metal bumps, etc. Can be used.
- an inorganic binder can be used.
- the inner lead 13b is electrically connected to the electrode 3 of the light emitting element 10 disposed on the mount 'lead 13a by a conductive wire 14.
- the inner lead 13b is arranged at a position away from the mount ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ lead 13a in order to avoid electrical contact with the mount 'lead 13a. In the case where a plurality of light emitting elements 10 are provided on the mount lead 13a, it is necessary to arrange the conductive wires so that the conductive wires do not contact each other.
- the inner lead 13b is preferably made of the same material as the mount lead 13a, and may be iron, copper, copper with iron, gold, platinum, silver, or the like.
- the conductive wire 14 electrically connects the electrode 3 of the light emitting element 10 and the lead frame 13.
- the conductive wire 14 preferably has good ohmic properties, mechanical connectivity, electrical conductivity, and thermal conductivity with the electrode 3.
- metals such as gold, copper, platinum, and aluminum, and alloys thereof are preferable.
- the mold member 15 is provided to protect the light emitting element 10, the phosphor 11, the coating member 12, the lead frame 13 and the conductive wire 14 from the outside.
- the mold member 15 also has a purpose of widening a viewing angle, relaxing directivity from the light emitting element 10 and converging and diffusing light emission, in addition to a purpose of protection from the outside.
- the mold member is formed into a desired shape.
- the mold member 15 may have a convex lens shape, a concave lens shape, or a structure in which a plurality of layers are laminated according to the purpose.
- the mold member 15 As a specific material of the mold member 15, a material having excellent translucency, weather resistance, and temperature characteristics such as epoxy resin, urea resin, silicone resin, silica sol, and glass can be used.
- This monoredo member 15 can also contain a diffusing agent, a coloring agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and a phosphor.
- the diffusing agent barium titanate, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide or the like is preferable. It is preferable to use the same material in order to reduce the repulsion of the material with the coating member 12 and to consider the refractive index.
- Embodiment 2 TJP03 / 03418
- the light emitting device includes, as in the first embodiment, a light emitting element having a first light emitting spectrum and a wavelength conversion of at least a part of the first light emitting spectrum.
- a type I light emitting device comprising at least: a phosphor having a light emission spectrum of 2;
- the phosphor 11 absorbs a part of the light in the ultraviolet to blue region emitted by the light emitting element 10 and emits light in the yellow to red region.
- the light emitting device of the second embodiment uses the phosphor 11 in a type I light emitting device, and mixes the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 with the red light of the phosphor to produce a warm color system. This light emitting device emits white or pastel colors such as pink.
- the light emitting device is a light emitting device capable of emitting light in a bulb color according to the JIS standard by mixing blue light, red light of a phosphor, and yellow-green light of a YAG-based phosphor.
- the bulb color is a range centered on a point on the locus of black body radiation of about 2500-350 OK in a white system according to the JIS standard (JISZ8110).
- JISZ8110 JIS standard
- a light-emitting device that emits light in the (light) yellow-red, (orange) pink, pink, (light) pink, and (yellow) white regions in the chromaticity coordinates of Fig. 8 is also provided. be able to.
- the light emitting device according to Embodiment 2 is not limited to the type I, but may be, for example, a type II.
- the phosphor of the second embodiment includes at least one rare metal selected from the group consisting of Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu. At least one Group II element selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn, activated by an earth element, and C, Si, Ge, Sn, T
- a nitride phosphor comprising at least one group IV element selected from the group consisting of i, Zr, and Hi, and N, and further containing B at 1 p or more and 10,000 ppm or less. I have. Further, ⁇ may be contained in the composition of the nitride phosphor.
- a nitride phosphor comprising at least one element of Ca and Sr, Si and N activated by Eu.
- a nitride phosphor containing B in an amount of 1 p or more and 10,000 ppm or less is more preferable.
- Part of Eu can be replaced with at least one rare earth element selected from the group consisting of Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu It is.
- Part of at least one element of Ca and Sr can be replaced by at least one or more Group II elements selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ba, and Zn.
- Part of Si can be replaced by at least one or more Group IV elements selected from the group consisting of C, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf forces. That is, the phosphor according to the second embodiment of the present invention has a general formula: L X M Y N ((2/3)
- the nitride phosphor represented by the formula contains 1 ppm or more and 10000 ppm or less. Specific examples included in general formula, (S r T C a _ T!) 2 S i 5 N 8: Eu, C a 2 S i 5 N 8: Eu, S r T C a a _ T S i 7 N 10: E u, S r S i 7 N 10: E u N C a S i 7 N 10: E u, S r 2 S i s N 8: Eu, B a 2 S i s N 8: Eu mg 2 S i 5 n 8: Eu Z n 2 S i 5 n 8: Eu, S r S i 7 n 1Q: Eu, B a S i 7 n 1D: Eu, mg S i 7 n 1
- B can be easily added by adding a boron compound to various raw materials and mixing them wet or dry.
- boron (B) can be previously contained in raw materials such as Ca 3 N 2 and Si 3 N 4 .
- it carried out wet mixing when adding H 3 B0 3 is, 1 P pm or 1000 ppm or less. In particular, it is preferably from 100 ppm to 1000 ppm.
- the concentration is preferably 1 ppm or more and 10,000 ppm or less. In particular, it is preferably 100 ppm or more and 10,000 ppm or less.
- the boron acts as a flux. Boron, boride, boron nitride, boron oxide, borate, etc.
- boron added to the raw material can be used as the boron added to the raw material.
- These boron compounds are added in a predetermined amount to the raw materials.
- the amount of boron added to the raw material and the content of boron after firing do not always match. Boron is partly scattered during the sintering stage in the manufacturing process, so the boron content after sintering is lower than when it is added to the raw materials.
- L is at least one group II element selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn.
- Mg, Ca, Sr, etc. can be used alone, but yarns such as Ca and Sr, Ca and Mg, Ca and Ba, Ca and Sr and Ba, etc. Is also possible.
- by using at least one of Ca and Sr in the composition of the nitride phosphor it is possible to provide a phosphor excellent in emission luminance, quantum efficiency, and the like. It has at least one element of Ca and Sr, and a part of Ca and Sr may be replaced by Be, Mg, Ba and Zn. When a mixture of more than one kind is used, the mixing ratio can be changed as desired.
- M is at least one group IV element selected from the group consisting of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf. Therefore, C, Si, Ge, etc. can be used alone, but C and Si, Ge and Si, Ti and Si, Zr and Si, Ge and Ti and Si, etc. Is also possible.
- Si for forming the nitride phosphor
- an inexpensive nitride phosphor having good crystallinity can be provided.
- Part of Si may be replaced with C, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf.
- the mixing ratio can be changed as desired. For example, 95% by weight of Si and 5% by weight of Ge can be used.
- R is at least one or more rare earth elements selected from the group consisting of Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu.
- Eu, Pr, Ce and the like can be used alone, but combinations of Ce and Eu, Pr and Eu, La and Eu, and the like are also possible.
- Eu as an activator, it is possible to provide a nitride phosphor having a peak wavelength in a yellow to red region and having excellent light emission characteristics.
- a part of Eu may be replaced by Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Lu.
- part of Eu By substituting part of Eu with another element, the other element acts as a co-activation.
- the color tone can be changed, and the emission characteristics can be adjusted.
- the mixing ratio can be changed as desired.
- a rare earth element, palladium Eu is used as an emission center. Yuguchi Pium mainly has divalent and trivalent energy levels.
- the phosphor of the present invention uses Eu 2 + as an activator for the parent alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride.
- the effect of adding boron is to promote the diffusion of Eu 2 + and improve the light emission characteristics such as light emission luminance, energy efficiency, and quantum efficiency. In addition, it is possible to increase the particle size and improve the light emission characteristics.
- the nitride phosphor may further include at least one Group I element selected from the group consisting of Li, Na,:, Rb, and Cs in an amount of 1 to 500 ppm. Since the Group I elements are scattered during firing in the manufacturing process, the amount of addition to the raw materials after firing is smaller than in the beginning. For this reason, It is preferable to adjust the amount to be added to 1000 p ⁇ or less. Thereby, the luminous efficiency such as the luminous brightness can be adjusted. As described above, the emission luminance and the quantum efficiency can be improved by adding the group I element.
- the nitride phosphor further includes a Group I element consisting of Cu, Ag, and Au; a Group III element consisting of Al, Ga, and In; Ti, Zr, Hf, and Sn. , Consisting of Pb
- It may contain at least one element selected from the group V elements, group V elements composed of P, Sb, and Bi, and at least one element selected from group VI elements composed of S, from 1 to 500 ppm.
- group V elements group V elements composed of P, Sb, and Bi
- group VI elements composed of S
- these elements are also scattered during firing in the manufacturing process, so the amount added after firing is smaller than the amount added to the raw materials at the beginning. . Therefore, it is preferable to adjust the amount added to the raw material to 100 ppm or less. By adding these elements, the luminous efficiency can be adjusted.
- the nitride phosphor may further include one or more elements of Ni and Cr in a range of 1 to 500 p. This is for adjusting the afterglow. Therefore, it is preferable to adjust the amount added to the raw material to 100 ppm or less.
- the elements to be added to the above-described nitride phosphor are usually added as oxides or hydroxides, but are not limited to methanol, nitrides, imids, amides, or other elements. Inorganic salts, or may be contained in advance in other raw materials.
- Oxygen is contained in the composition of the nitride phosphor. It is considered that oxygen is introduced from various oxides as raw materials, and that oxygen is mixed during firing. This oxygen is thought to promote the effects of Eu diffusion, grain growth, and improvement in crystallinity. That is, the same effect can be obtained by changing one compound used as a raw material to a metal, a nitride, or an oxide, but the effect obtained by using an oxidized compound is rather large in some cases.
- the crystal structure of the nitride phosphor may be monoclinic or orthorhombic, but may also be non-single crystal or hexagonal.
- the phosphor of the second embodiment can be manufactured by the same method as that of the first embodiment.
- the phosphor to be used in addition to the nitride phosphor according to the second embodiment described above, a phosphor that emits blue light, a phosphor that emits green light, and a phosphor that emits yellow light
- a mixture of at least one of the phosphors that emit light can be used.
- phosphors such as a phosphor that emits blue light, a phosphor that emits green light, and a phosphor that emits yellow light. It is preferable to use at least one of yttrium-gadmium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium and at least yttrium gallium aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium. . Thus, a light emitting device having a desired light emission color can be provided.
- the phosphor according to Embodiment 2 and yttrium and aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium are used, the self-absorption of these phosphors is small, so that light can be efficiently extracted. it can. Specifically, L n 3 M 5 0 12 :..
- R (Ln is, Y, Gd, Ru der least one or more selected from L a M is, Al, comprising at least one of G a R is a lanthanoid), (Y ⁇ GaJ a ( a 1 a _ y G a y) 5 0 12:. selected from R (R is, Ce, Tb, P r, Sm, Eu, Dy, H o 0 and R ⁇ 0.5.)
- the phosphor can be used for light in the short wavelength side of near-ultraviolet to visible light and in the wavelength range of 270 to 500 nm. It is excited and has a peak wavelength in the range of 500 to 600 nm, provided that the phosphor having the third emission spectrum such as blue is not limited to the above-mentioned phosphors, and various phosphors can be used.
- Examples of the phosphor excitation light source according to the second embodiment include a semiconductor light emitting device, a laser diode, ultraviolet radiation generated in a positive column of arc discharge, and ultraviolet radiation generated in a positive column of glow discharge.
- a semiconductor light emitting device and a laser diode that emit light in the near ultraviolet region a semiconductor light emitting device and a laser diode that emits blue light
- a semiconductor light emitting device and a laser diode that emits blue green light are used as the excitation light source.
- the light in the short wavelength region from near ultraviolet to visible light refers to a wavelength region from 270 nm to around 500 nm.
- the light emitting device according to the third embodiment of the present invention is a type 1 (bombshell type) light emitting device shown in FIG. 1 and has the same configuration as that of the first embodiment except that a phosphor described later is used. .
- the phosphor according to the third embodiment of the present invention includes L-M-N: Eu, WR or L-MON: Eu, WR (L is Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, ⁇ It contains at least one member selected from the group consisting of 11 valences of 11.
- M represents at least 1 member selected from the group consisting of IV valences of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf.
- N is nitrogen
- Eu is palladium
- WR is a rare earth element excluding Eu.
- -S i-CN Eu, WR, C a-S i-C_0— N: Eu, WR, S r-S i -CON: E u, WR, S r-C a-S i- C—O—N: Eu, WR, Mg to Si-N: Eu, WR, Mg—Ca—Sr—Si—N: Eu, WR, Sr-Mg-S i-N : Eu, WR series, Mg—S i -ON: Eu, WR System, Mg—Ca—Sr—Si—O—N: Eu, WR system, Sr-Mg—Si—O—N: Eu, WR system, Ca—Zn—Si—C—N: Eu, WR, Sr—Zn—Si-1 C—N: Eu, WR, Sr—Ca—Zn—Si—C1 N: Eu, WR, Ca-ZnSi1 C-O-N: Eu, WR, S
- the WR which is a rare earth element, preferably contains at least one of Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, and Lu. , Sni, Tm, and Yb may be contained. These rare earth elements are mixed with the raw materials in the form of oxides, imides, amides, etc., in addition to simple substances. Rare earth elements mainly have stable trivalent electron configurations, but Yb, Sm, etc., have Group 2 groups, and Ce, Pr, Tb, etc. have tetravalent electron configurations. When a rare earth element of an oxide is used, the effect of oxygen affects the emission characteristics of the phosphor. Sometimes the afterglow is shortened. It may also promote diffusion of the activator. However, when ⁇ is used, the particle size can be increased by the flux effect of ⁇ and ⁇ , and the emission luminance can be improved.
- the base nitride phosphor, Myuita was added (S r X C a x _ x) 2 S i 5 N 8: E u, WR, S r 2 S i 5 N a: E u , WR, C a 2 S i 5 N 8 : Eu, WR, S r X C a _ x S i 7 N j 0 : E u, WR, S r S i 7 N 10 : E u, WR, C a S i 7 N 1 .
- a phosphor represented by Eu or WR It is preferable to use a phosphor represented by Eu or WR, but the composition of this phosphor includes Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, and Cr. And at least one selected from the group consisting of Ni and Ni.
- the present invention is not limited to this embodiment and Examples.
- L is Sr, Ca, or any of Sr and Ca.
- the mixing ratio of Sr and Ca can be changed as desired.
- the phosphor of the present invention uses Eu 2 + as an activator for the base alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride.
- Eu 2 + is easily oxidized and commercially available trivalent composition of E u 2 0 3.
- large O involvement of a good phosphor is hardly obtained. Therefore, O from Eu 2 ⁇ 3, it is preferable to use those removed out of the system. For example, it is preferable to use europium alone or europium nitride. However, this does not apply when Mn is added.
- Mn an additive, promotes the diffusion of Eu 2+ and aims to improve luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, energy efficiency and quantum efficiency.
- Mn is contained in the raw material, or Mn alone or a Mn compound is contained in the manufacturing process, and is calcined together with the raw material.
- Mn is not contained in the fired base nitride phosphor, or even if it is contained, the amount is small compared to the initial content and does not remain. This is probably because Mn was scattered in the firing step.
- the phosphor includes, in or together with the base nitride phosphor, Mg, Sr, Ba, Zn, Ca, Ga, In, B, A1Cu, L i, Na, K: contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Re, Ni, Cr, Mo, O and Fe. These elements have functions such as increasing the particle size and increasing the emission luminance. Also, B, Al, Mg,. 1: 1 ⁇ 1 has the effect of suppressing afterglow. In general, the phosphor without the added Jtl substance such as B, Mg, Cr, etc., requires 1/2 to 1/10 of the time required for afterglow than the phosphor with the additive added. It can be reduced to about / 4.
- the phosphor 11 absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and emits light in the yellow to red region.
- This phosphor 1 1 The present invention provides a light-emitting device that emits warm white light by mixing blue light emitted by the light-emitting element 10 and red light of the phosphor by using the light-emitting device having a light emitting element 10.
- the phosphor 11 preferably contains a cerium-activated yttrium aluminum oxide phosphor in addition to the phosphor according to the present invention. This is because the desired chromaticity can be adjusted by containing the yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor.
- the yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 to emit light in a yellow region.
- the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and the yellow light of the yttrium / aluminum oxide phosphor are mixed to emit a pale white color.
- a white light emitting device can be provided.
- This warm white light emitting device has an average color rendering index Ra of 75 to 95 and a color temperature of 2000 to 800K.
- Particularly preferred is a white light emitting device in which the average color rendering index Ra and the color temperature are located on the locus of blackbody radiation in the chromaticity diagram.
- the compounding amounts of the yttrium / aluminum / aluminum oxide phosphor and the phosphor can be appropriately changed.
- This warm white light-emitting device improves the special color rendering index R9.
- a conventional light-emitting device that emits white light by combining a blue light-emitting element and a yttrium / aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium has a special color rendering index R9 of almost 0 and lacks reddish components. Was. Therefore, increasing the special color rendering index R9 has been a problem to be solved.
- the special color rendering index is increased.
- R 9 can be increased from 60 to 70.
- the phosphor contains Mn.
- Raw material Sr and Ca are used alone However, compounds such as imide compounds and amide compounds can also be used.
- the material S r, the C a, B, Al, Cu , Mg, Mn_ ⁇ , Mn 2 0 3, A 1 2 0 3 , etc. may contain a.
- the average particle size of Sr and Ca obtained by pulverization is preferably about 1 ⁇ to 15 ⁇ , but is not limited to this range.
- the purity of Sr and Ca is preferably 2N or more, but is not limited thereto.
- at least two or more of metal Ca, metal Sr, and metal Eu can be alloyed, then nitrided, pulverized, and used as a raw material.
- the raw material Si As the raw material Si, it is preferable to use a simple substance, but it is also possible to use a nitride compound, an imide compound, an amide compound, or the like. For example, Si 3 N 4 , Si (NH 2 ) 2 , Mg 2 Si, and the like.
- the purity of S i of the raw material, 3 is N or more are preferable, A 1 2 0 3, Mg, metal boride (Co 3 B, N i 3 B, C r B), manganese oxide, H 3 B0 3 , B 2 ⁇ 3 , Cu 20 , Cu ⁇ and the like.
- the average particle size of the Si compound is from about 0.1 to 15 / zm.
- Sr and Ca in a nitrogen atmosphere at 600 to 900 ° C for about 5 hours.
- Sr and Ca may be mixed and nitrided, or may be individually nitrided. Thereby, nitrides of Sr and Ca can be obtained.
- Sr and Ca nitrides are preferably of high purity, but commercially available ones can also be used.
- Equation 5 The raw material Si is nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere (P4). This reaction equation is shown in Equation 5.
- Silicon Si is also nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 800 to 1200 ° C for about 5 hours. Thus, silicon nitride is obtained.
- the silicon nitride used in the present invention must be of high purity. Although preferred, commercially available ones can also be used.
- the raw material may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Cr, O and Ni. Further, the above elements such as Mg, Zn, and B can be mixed in the following mixing step (P8) by adjusting the blending amount. These compounds can be added alone to the raw material, but are usually added in the form of a compound. This class of compounds, H 3 B0 3, Cu 2 0 3, MgC l 2, MgO 'CaO, Al 2 0 3, metal borides (Cr B, Mg 3 B 2 , A1 B 2, Mn B), B 2 0 3, Cu 2 0 , Ru CuO Nadogaa.
- lanthanum oxide quickly substitutes for carbonate when left in the air, it is ground in a nitrogen atmosphere.
- the lanthanum oxide is preferably of high purity, but commercially available lanthanum oxide can also be used.
- the average particle size of the pulverized earth metal nitride, silicon nitride, palladium oxide, and lanthanum oxide is preferably about 0.1 / iin to 15 xm.
- Equation 6 shows the reaction formula of the base nitride phosphor by this firing.
- the firing temperature can range from 1200 to 1700 ° C.
- a firing temperature of 400 to 1700 ° C is preferred.
- Two-stage baking in which the second baking is performed at 500 ° C can also be used.
- the raw material of the phosphor 11 is preferably fired using a crucible or boat made of boron nitride (BN).
- BN boron nitride
- Other boron nitride material quality of the crucible, an alumina (A l 2 0 3) can also be used materials of the crucible.
- the light emitting device is a type 1 light emitting device and includes a phosphor described below.
- the phosphor according to the fourth embodiment includes Sr—Ca—Si—N: R, Mn—Si—N: R, Sr—Si—N: R, and Sr to which Mn is added.
- This base nitride phosphor has the general formula L X S i Y N ( 2 , 3X + , 3Y) : R or L X S i ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ (2 / 3X + 4 / 3Y-2 / 3Z) : R (L is S r, C a, any force of S r and C a ⁇ > 0.5 ⁇ X ⁇ 3 1.5 ⁇ Y ⁇ 8.)
- the base nitride phosphor was doped with Mn (Sr x Ca !
- a phosphor represented by R is in the composition of the phosphor, Mg, S r, Ca, At least one selected from the group consisting of Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Cr and Ni may be contained.
- the present invention is not limited to the embodiment and the examples.
- L is any of Sr, Ca, Sr and Ca.
- Sr and Ca can be varied in the mixing ratio as desired.
- a rare earth element R (preferably, Eu pium Eu) is used for the emission center. Yuguchi Pium has mainly two-group and three-valent energy levels.
- a rare earth element R (preferably Eu2 + ) is used as an activator with respect to the parent alkaline earth metal nitride.
- Mn when Mn is added, this is not always the case.
- an additive promotes the diffusion of activator R (eg, Eu 2+ ) to improve luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, energy efficiency, and quantum efficiency.
- Mn is a force to be contained in the raw material, or Mn alone or a Mn compound is contained in the production process, and is fired together with the raw material. However, Mn is not contained in the fired base nitride phosphor, or even if it is contained, only a small amount remains compared to the initial content. This is probably because Mn was scattered in the firing process.
- the phosphor includes, in or with the base nitride phosphor, Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Cr, O and N at least one selected from the group consisting of i. These elements have an effect of increasing the particle size, increasing the emission luminance, and the like. Further, B, A1, Mg, Cr and Ni have an effect of suppressing afterglow. In general, the phosphor without additives such as B, Mg, Cr, etc., takes 1/2 to 1/4 of the time required for afterglow 110, compared to the phosphor with additives. Can be shortened.
- the phosphor 11 absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and emits light in the yellow to red region.
- a light emitting device is provided in which the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and the red light of the phosphor are mixed to emit a warm white light. I do.
- the phosphor 11 preferably contains, in addition to the phosphor according to the present invention, a yttrium-aluminum-oxide fluorescent material activated with cerium.
- a yttrium-aluminum-oxide fluorescent material activated with cerium This is because a desired chromaticity can be adjusted by containing the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent substance.
- the cerium activated phosphor of aluminum oxide absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and emits light in a yellow region.
- the blue light emitted by the light emitting element 10 and the yellow light of the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent substance are mixed to emit a pale white color.
- a warm white light emitting device can be provided.
- This warm white light emitting device has an average color rendering index Ra of 75 to 95 and a color temperature of 2000 to 800K.
- white light emitting devices whose average color rendering index Ra and color temperature are located on the locus of blackbody radiation in the chromaticity diagram.
- the compounding amount of the yttrium / aluminum oxide fluorescent substance and the fluorescent substance can be appropriately changed.
- This warm white light-emitting device improves the special color rendering index R9.
- a conventional light-emitting device that emits white light in combination with a blue light-emitting element and a yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cell has a special color rendering index R9 of nearly 0 and lacks reddish components. Was. Therefore, increasing the special color rendering index R9 was an issue to be solved by S. However, by including the phosphor according to the present invention in the yttrium aluminum oxide phosphor, the special color rendering index R9 can be increased by 60%. To 70.
- phosphor according to the present invention ((S r x C ai - x) 2 S i 5 N a: E u) will be described a method of manufacturing is not limited to this production method .
- phosphor Contains Mn and O.
- raw materials Sr and Ca P1
- raw materials Sr and Ca it is preferable to use simple substances, but compounds such as imido compounds and amido compounds can also be used.
- the material S r, the C a, B, A 1, Cu, Mg, Mn, may contain a etc. A 1 2 0 3.
- Raw materials Sr and Ca are ground in a glove box in an argon atmosphere.
- the average particle size of Sr and Ca obtained by the pulverization is preferably about 0.1 ⁇ to 15 / xm, but is not limited to this range.
- the purity of S. r and Ca is preferably 2 N or more, but is not limited thereto.
- at least one of metal Ca, metal Sr, and metal Eu can be alloyed, then nitrided, pulverized, and used as a raw material.
- the raw material Si As the raw material Si, it is preferable to use a simple substance, but it is also possible to use a nitride compound, an imide compound, an amide compound, or the like. For example, S i 3 N 4 , S i (NH 2 ) 2 , Mg z S i and the like. The purity of S i of the raw material, 3 is N or more is preferable, A l 2 ⁇ 3, Mg, metal boride (Co 3 B, N i 3 B, C r B), manganese oxide, H 3 B0 3 , B 2 0 3, C u 2 0, compounds such as C U_ ⁇ may be contained.
- the average particle size of the Si compound is preferably from about 0.1 ⁇ to 15 m.
- Sr and Ca in a nitrogen atmosphere at 600 to 900 ° C for about 5 hours.
- Sr and Ca may be mixed and nitrided, or may be individually nitrided. Thereby, nitrides of Sr and Ca can be obtained.
- Sr and Ca nitrides are preferably of high purity, but commercially available ones can also be used.
- Equation 8 The raw material Si is nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere (P4). This reaction equation is shown in Equation 8.
- Silicon Si is also nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 800 to 1200 ° C for about 5 hours. Thus, silicon nitride is obtained.
- the silicon nitride used in the present invention is preferably of high purity, but commercially available silicon nitride can also be used.
- the Si nitride is pulverized (P 6).
- the compound £ 2 0 3 of £ 11 (P7).
- the Eu compound palladium oxide is used, but palladium metal, pium nitride and the like can also be used.
- an imide compound or an amide compound can be used.
- the high purity of the palladium of Shiroi Yuguchi is preferably high purity, but commercially available ones can also be used.
- the average particle size of the pulverized alkaline earth metal nitride, silicon nitride, and palladium europium oxide is preferably about 0.1 / m to 15 / m.
- the raw material contains at least one or more selected from the group consisting of Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, A1, Cu, Mn, Cr, O, and Ni. It may be. Further, the above elements such as Mg, Zn, and B can be mixed in the following mixing step (P8) by adjusting the blending amount. These compounds can be added alone to the raw material, but are usually added in the form of a compound. This class of compounds, H 3 B0 3, Cu 2 ⁇ 3, Mg C 1 2 MgO ' CaO, A l 2 0 3, metal borides (C rB, Mg 3 B 2 , A1 B 2, MnB), B 2 0 3, Cu 2 ⁇ , Ru CuO Nadogaa.
- Nitride &, nitrides S i a mixture of compounds Eu 2 0 3 of Eu in Anmoea atmosphere, calcined (P9).
- Mn is added (S r x C ai - x ) 2 S i 5 N 8: it is possible to obtain a phosphor represented by Eu (P 10).
- Equation 9 shows the reaction formula of the base nitride phosphor by this firing.
- the firing temperature can range from 1200 to 1700 ° C,
- a firing temperature of 400 to 1700 ° C is preferred.
- the firing it is preferable to use a single-stage firing in which the temperature is gradually raised and firing is performed at 1200 to 1500 ° C for several hours, but the first-stage firing is performed at 800 to 1000 ° C and gradually heated. It is also possible to use a two-stage firing (multi-stage firing) in which the second firing is performed at 1200 to 1500 ° C.
- the raw material of the phosphor 11 is preferably fired using a crucible or boat made of boron nitride (BN). Other boron nitride material quality of the crucible, an alumina (A l 2 0 3) can also be used materials of the crucible.
- the light emitting device of the fifth embodiment is a type 1 light emitting device including a light emitting element having a light emitting spectrum near 460 nm and a phosphor described later.
- the nitride phosphor according to the fifth embodiment contains at least a base nitride phosphor represented by L X M Y N ( 23x + 4 / 3Y ): R; S r, B a, Zn,
- L contains at least one or more selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Cd, and Hg.
- Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba because a nitride phosphor that is difficult to decompose and has high reliability can be provided.
- Those which use only one kind of these constituent elements may be used, and those in which a part of the one kind is replaced by another constituent element may be used.
- M contains at least one selected from the group consisting of IV valences of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf.
- IV valences of C, Si, Ge, Sn, Ti, Zr, and Hf In particular, by setting M to S i It is possible to provide an inexpensive nitride phosphor having good crystallinity.
- R is an activator and contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Eu, Cr, Mn, Pb, Sb, Ce, Tb, Pr, Sm, Tm, Ho, Er, Yb, and Nd. .
- Eu is used for R
- palladium Eu a rare earth element, is used as the emission center.
- Yuguchi Pium has mainly two- and three-valent energy levels.
- the nitride phosphor of the present invention uses Eu 2 + as an activator with respect to the parent alkaline earth metal-based silicon nitride.
- Eu 2 + is easily oxidized and commercially available in the composition of the trivalent Eu 2 0 3. In some cases, the use of Eu203 promotes the diffusion of the activator. It is preferable to use a single-ended palladium or a single-ended palladium nitride.
- the nitride phosphors include, in addition to the base nitride phosphor, Mg, Sr, Ba, Zn, Ca, Ga, In, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Li, Na, K, Contains at least one member selected from the group consisting of Re, Ni, Cr, Mo, O, and Fe. These elements have functions such as increasing the particle size and increasing the emission luminance.
- B, Mg, Cr, Ni, and A1 have the function of suppressing afterglow.
- the phosphors to which additives such as B, Mg, Cr, etc. are added have a longer afterglow than the phosphors to which no additives are added. Can be reduced to about 4.
- Fe and Mo may decrease the luminous efficiency, it is preferable to remove them outside the system.
- the nitride phosphor 11 absorbs part of the blue light emitted by the semiconductor light emitting element 10 and emits light in the yellow to red region.
- the blue light emitted by the semiconductor light emitting element 10 and the red light of the nitride phosphor are mixed to emit a warm white light.
- the phosphor 11 preferably contains a yttrium / aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium, in addition to the nitride phosphor according to the present invention. This is because by containing the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent substance, the desired chromaticity can be adjusted.
- the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent material activated with cerium emits blue light emitted by the semiconductor light emitting device 10. Part of the light is absorbed to emit light in the yellow region.
- the blue light emitted by the semiconductor light emitting element 10 and the yellow light of the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent substance are mixed to emit a pale white color. Therefore, the phosphor 11 in which the yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor and the nitride phosphor are mixed together with a light-transmitting coating member is combined with the blue light emitted by the semiconductor light-emitting element 10. Thereby, a warm white light emitting device can be provided.
- This warm white light emitting device has an average color rendering index R a of 75 to 95 and a color temperature of 2000 to 8000K. Particularly preferred is a white light emitting device in which the average color rendering index Ra and the color temperature are located on the locus of blackbody radiation in the chromaticity diagram.
- the compounding amounts of the yttrium-anoredium oxide phosphor and the nitride phosphor can be appropriately changed.
- L of the raw material contains at least one or more selected from the group consisting of II valences of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Cd, and Hg.
- L of the raw material is preferably an alkaline earth metal consisting of the group of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba, and is preferably an alkaline earth metal alone, but contains 2 or more. May be.
- an imide compound, an amide compound, or the like can be used as the raw material L.
- the raw material L is, B, Al, Cu, Mg , Mn, may be contained, etc.
- the alkaline earth metal obtained by pulverization preferably has an average particle size of about 0.1 / zm to 15 m, but is not limited to this range.
- the purity of L is preferably 2 N or more, but is not limited thereto.
- at least one of the metal filler, the metal M, and the metal activator can be alloyed, then nitrided, pulverized, and used as a raw material.
- M of R contains at least one or more selected from the group consisting of C, Si, Ge and Sn.
- an imide compound, an amide compound, or the like can be used as the raw material M. Since it is inexpensive and easy to handle among M The law is described, but is not limited to this.
- S i, S i 3 N 4 , S i (NH 2 ) 2 , Mg 2 S i, etc. can also be used.
- a 1 2 0 3, Mg, metal boride (C o 3 B, N i 3 B, Mo 2 B) ⁇ manganese oxide, H 3 B0 3, B 2 0 3, Cu 2 0, such as C uO Compounds may also be included.
- the average particle size of the Si compound is from about 0.1 / m to 15 m.
- the purity of Si is preferably 3 N or more.
- Equation 10 Mg is not included in the reaction formula because it is on the order of several tens of ppm; L 000 ppm.
- L is nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 600 to 900 ° C for about 5 hours. Thereby, L nitride can be obtained.
- the nitride of L is preferably of high purity, but a commercially available one can also be used.
- the raw materials Si and A1 are nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere (P4).
- This reaction equation is shown in Equation 11. Also, A1 is not included in the reaction equation because it is on the order of several tens to 1000 ppm.
- Silicon Si is also nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 800 to 1200 ° C for about 5 hours. Thus, silicon nitride is obtained.
- the silicon nitride used in the present invention is preferably of high purity, but commercially available silicon nitride can also be used.
- Grind nitrides such as L and Mg (P5).
- pulverize nitrides such as Si and A1 (P6).
- R of R is an activator, Eu, Cr, Mn, Pb, Sb, Ce, Tb, Pr, Sm, Contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Tm, Ho, and Er.
- the manufacturing method according to the present invention will be described using Eu, which indicates an emission wavelength in a red region, but is not limited thereto.
- a compound of Eu Although palladium oxide is used, palladium metal and palladium nitride can also be used.
- an imide compound or an amide compound can be used as the raw material R.
- the average particle size of the pulverized earth metal nitride, silicon nitride and palladium oxide is preferably about 0.1 ⁇ to 15 ⁇ .
- at least one selected from the group consisting of Fe is selected from the group consisting of Fe.
- a compound selected from a group such as B, Al, and Mn can be mixed by adjusting the amount of the compound. These compounds can be added alone to the raw materials.
- nitrides such L and Mg, nitrides 1 such S i and A, admixing a compound Eu 2 0 3, etc. of Eu (P8).
- a phosphor represented by L X Si Y N (2 / 3 ⁇ + 43 ⁇ ): Eu containing Mg, A1, etc. can be obtained (P 10).
- the reaction formula of the base nitride phosphor by this firing is shown in Formula 12.
- Mg, Al additives such as H 3 B0 3 also, the number 10; for a 10 00 p order not included in the reaction equation.
- the firing temperature can be in the range of 1200 to 1700 ° C, but preferably the firing temperature is 1200 to 1400 ° C.
- a single-stage firing in which the temperature is gradually increased and firing is performed at 12 ° C to 1500 ° C for several hours, but the first-stage firing is performed at 800 to 1000 ° C and gradually heated.
- a two-stage baking multi-stage baking in which the second baking is performed at 1200 to 1500 ° C can be used.
- the raw material of the phosphor 11 is preferably fired using a crucible or a boat made of boron nitride (BN). Other boron nitride material quality of the crucible, alumina (A 1 2 0 3) can also be used materials of the crucible.
- the phosphor of the sixth embodiment is a nitride phosphor for a light emitting device, and is configured as follows.
- process P1 L of the raw material is pulverized.
- L of the raw material contains at least one or more selected from the group consisting of II values of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Cd, and Hg.
- L of the raw material is preferably an alkaline earth metal composed of the group of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba, and is more preferably a simple alkaline earth metal, but may contain two or more.
- a imide compound or a imide compound can be used as the raw material L. It is preferable that the average particle size of the alkaline earth metal obtained by pulverization is approximately 0.1 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m, but is not limited to this range.
- the purity of L is preferably, but not limited to, 2 N or more.
- at least one of L of the metal, M of the metal, and the activator of the metal can be alloyed, then nitrided, pulverized, and then used as a raw material.
- raw material Si is ground.
- M of raw material is imido compound Objects can also be used. Of M, the manufacturing method is described using Si because it is inexpensive and easy to handle, but it is not limited to this. S i, S i 3 N 4 , S i (NH 2 ) 2 and the like can also be used.
- the average particle size of the Si compound is preferably from about 0.1 lm to 15 im.
- the purity of Si is preferably 3N or more.
- L is nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 600 to 900 ° C for about 5 hours. Thereby, L nitride can be obtained.
- the nitride of L is preferably of high purity, but a commercially available one (manufactured by High Purity Chemical) can also be used.
- Equation 14 the raw material Si is nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere. This reaction equation is shown in Equation 14.
- Silicon Si is also nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 800 to 1200 ° C for about 5 hours. Thus, silicon nitride is obtained.
- the silicon nitride used in the present invention is preferably of high purity, but a commercially available one (made by Ube) can also be used.
- silicon nitride Si 3 N 4 is also pulverized.
- R of R is an activator, Eu, Cr, Mn, Pb, Sb, Ce, Tb, Pr, Sm, Tm , Ho, and at least one selected from the group consisting of Er.
- Eu which emits light in a red region
- the manufacturing method according to the present invention will be described using Eu which emits light in a red region, but is not limited thereto.
- the Eu compound palladium oxide is used, but palladium oxide and the like can also be used.
- an imide compound or an amide compound can be used as the raw material R.
- the average particle size of the pulverized alkaline earth metal nitride, silicon nitride, and palladium europium oxide is preferably about 0.1 ⁇ to 15 m.
- the mixing ratio of each mixture can be appropriately changed by changing the composition of the target phosphor.
- oxygen is contained in the nitride phosphor according to the present invention.
- the nitride phosphor includes a base nitride phosphor L X M Y N (2 / 3X + 4 z 3Y ): R may be contained.
- a tubular furnace, a box furnace, a high-frequency furnace, a metal furnace, or the like can be used.
- the sintering temperature is preferably in the range of 1,200 to 1,600, and more preferably, 1,200 to 1,400 ° C.
- crucibles and ports made of boron nitride (BN) material It is preferable to use crucibles and ports made of boron nitride (BN) material.
- boron nitride (BN) material Other boron nitride material quality of the crucible, Anoremina (A 1 2 0 3) can also be used materials of the crucible. This is because even when a crucible made of alumina material is used, light emission is not inhibited in an ammonia atmosphere.
- the phosphor of the sixth embodiment can be produced by the above production method, and the intended phosphor can be obtained.
- nitride phosphor according to the sixth embodiment, L X S i Y N Z : E u, in the manufacturing method of the nitride phosphor in the form status sixth embodiment, nitride of a synthetic intermediate L Object, M
- the nitride of and the compound of R will be described.
- the present invention will be described with reference to, but not limited to, alkaline earth metal nitride as L nitride, silicon nitride as M nitride, and europium oxide as R compound.
- R of the nitride phosphor according to the sixth embodiment has a luminescent center of Eu-rich pium Eu, which is a rare earth element. Yuguchi Pium mainly has divalent and trivalent energy levels.
- the nitride phosphor of the present invention uses Eu 2 + as an activator for the base alkaline earth metal based silicon nitride.
- Eu 2 + is easily oxidized and commercially available in the composition of the trivalent Eu 2 ⁇ 3.
- O is greatly involved and it is difficult to obtain a good phosphor. For this reason, it is preferable to use one obtained by removing O from Eu 2 ⁇ 3 to the outside of the system. For example, it is preferable to use Eu-opened pium alone or Eu-opened nitrided pium.
- the raw material, II-valent L, is also easily oxidized.
- the sales of Ca metal contain 0.66% of ⁇ and 0.01% of N.
- a commercially available (high purity chemical) calcium nitride Ca 3 N 2 was purchased, and O and N were measured. After opening, it was resealed and allowed to stand for 2 weeks. As a result, it was found that ⁇ was 6.80% and N was 13.20%.
- Comparative Example 5 is a known phosphor C a 2 S i 5 N 8 : Eu.
- Comparative Examples 6 to 9 firing was performed by changing the furnace, firing temperature, atmosphere, and shape firing conditions. In Comparative Examples 6 to 8, firing was performed in a hydrogen / nitrogen atmosphere. The nitride phosphors obtained under the conditions of Comparative Examples 6 to 8 had extremely low light emission luminance when visually observed. In Comparative Example 9, firing was performed in a hydrogen atmosphere, but no light emission was observed by visual observation. Similar test results were obtained when these tests were repeated.
- the phosphor has useful emission characteristics, but has low emission luminance depending on manufacturing conditions or composition.
- Embodiment 7 of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
- Embodiment 7 described below illustrates a light emitting device for embodying the technical idea of the present invention, and the present invention does not limit the light emitting device to the following.
- each figure In some cases, the sizes and positional relationships of the members shown on the surface are exaggerated for clarity.
- the phosphor used in the present invention is a phosphor including a first phosphor and a second phosphor whose change in emission intensity with a change in ambient temperature of the phosphor is substantially equal to that of the first phosphor. is there. Further, the phosphor includes a second phosphor whose emission intensity is substantially equal to that of the first phosphor under a condition in which an ambient temperature of the phosphor changes due to a change in a current supplied to the light emitting element.
- the phosphor used in the seventh embodiment includes a first phosphor that emits light having a peak wavelength of a light emitting spectrum in a yellow to green region and a light emitting spectrum in a red region.
- the first phosphor includes Y and A1, and is at least one element selected from Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, Eu, and Sm, and one element selected from Ga and In. And a YAG-based phosphor activated by a cerium. Further, the second phosphor contains N, and has at least one element selected from the group consisting of ⁇ DBe, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Zn; and C, Si, Ge, Sii. , Ti, Zr, and Hf, and a nitride phosphor activated by Eu and Z or a rare earth element.
- the light emitting diode 200 shown in FIG. 55 is a lead type light emitting diode having a mount lead 205 and an inner lead 206.
- the LED chip 202 is provided on the cup part of the mount lead 205, and the inside of the cup part is provided. Then, after the coating portion 201 containing the phosphor is filled so as to cover the LED chip 202, it is formed by resin molding with a molding member 204.
- the n-side electrode and the p-side electrode of the LED chip 202 are connected to the mount / lead 205 and the inner / lead 206 using wires 203, respectively.
- part of the light emitted by the light emitting element (LED chip) 202 excites the phosphor contained in the coating unit 201.
- LED light As a result, fluorescent light having a wavelength different from that of the LED light is generated, and the fluorescent light generated by the phosphor and the LED light output without contributing to the excitation of the phosphor are mixed and output.
- the excitation efficiency of a phosphor decreases with increasing ambient temperature.
- the output of the emitted light also decreases.
- the rate of decrease in the relative light output when the ambient temperature is changed by 1 ° C. is defined as the light output decrease rate, and the light output of the! rates are both 4. 0X 10-3 [au / ° C ] or less, preferably 3. 0X 10- 3 [au / ° C] or less, and more preferably a 2. 0X 10- 3 [au Z ° C] or less
- the configuration is such that the decrease in the luminous flux [1 m] of the entire light emitting device due to heat generation can be further suppressed.
- the light emitting output decrease rate with respect to the temperature rise of the first phosphor and the second phosphor is substantially equal. That is, a difference in light output decreasing rate of the first phosphor and the second phosphor 2. 0X 10- 3 [au / ° C] or less, more preferably 2. OX 10- 4 [au / ° C
- the light emission output reduction rates are made substantially the same. By doing so, the temperature characteristics of the phosphors whose excitation efficiency decreases due to heat generation become almost the same, and it is possible to form a light emitting device that can suppress the occurrence of color shift even when the ambient temperature changes. it can.
- the phosphor used in the seventh embodiment is a combination of an yttrium-aluminum-garnet-based phosphor and a phosphor capable of emitting red light, particularly a nitride phosphor. be able to.
- These YAG-based phosphors and nitride-based phosphors may be mixed and contained in the coating portion 201, or may be separately contained in the coating portion 201 composed of a plurality of layers.
- each phosphor will be described in detail.
- the yttrium 'anoreminium' garnet-based phosphor (YAG-based phosphor) used in the seventh embodiment includes Y and A1, and is selected from Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, Eu and Sm.
- two or more types of yttrium 'aluminum-oxides activated by Ce or Pr and having different compositions are provided.
- a system phosphor can also be used.
- YAl_ ⁇ 3 Ce
- Y 3 A1 5 0 12 Y: C e YAG: C e
- Y 4 A 1 2 0 9 C e, more like a mixture thereof.
- at least one of Ba, Sr, Mg, Ca, and Zn may be contained, and by further containing Si, the crystal growth reaction can be suppressed and the phosphor particles can be made uniform.
- the YAG-based phosphor activated by Ce is to be interpreted in a particularly broad sense, and a part or the whole of yttrium is at least one selected from the group consisting of Lu, Sc, La, Gd and Sm.
- a part of or the whole of aluminum which is replaced by one element or aluminum is replaced by any or both of Ba, Tl, Ga, and In, and is used in a broad sense including a phosphor having a fluorescent action.
- the light-emitting device contains phosphor powder or barta in various resins such as epoxy resin, acrylic resin, or silicone resin, or in inorganic materials such as silicon oxide or aluminum oxide. Is preferred.
- the phosphor-containing material can be used in various ways depending on the application, such as a dot-like material or a layer-like material formed thin enough to transmit light from the LED chip.
- a dot-like material or a layer-like material formed thin enough to transmit light from the LED chip By variously adjusting the ratio of the phosphor to the resin, the application and the filling amount, and by selecting the emission wavelength of the light emitting element, it is possible to provide an arbitrary color tone such as a light bulb color including white.
- a light emitting device capable of emitting light efficiently can be obtained. That is, on a light emitting element having a reflection member, a color conversion member containing a fluorescent substance having an absorption wavelength on the long wavelength side and capable of emitting light at a long wavelength, and an absorption wavelength on a longer wavelength side than the color conversion member. Long The reflected light can be used effectively by laminating a color conversion member capable of emitting light of a wavelength.
- the YAG-based phosphor capable of emitting green light which is a yttrium aluminum oxide-based phosphor activated by the ceramic used in the seventh embodiment, is resistant to heat, light, and moisture because of the garnet structure.
- the peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum can be set to around 470 nm from 420 nm.
- the emission peak wavelength; Lp is also around 51 O nm, and has a broad emission spectrum that extends to around 700 nm.
- YAG-based phosphors which are yttrium-aluminum oxide-based phosphors activated with cerium, also have a garnet structure, are resistant to heat, light, and moisture, and have a peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum. Can be set to around 420 nm to 470 nm.
- the emission peak wavelength ⁇ p is around 600 nm, and has a broad emission spectrum that extends to around 750 nm.
- the emission spectrum shifts to the shorter wavelength side, and part of Y in the composition becomes Gd
- the emission spectrum shifts to the longer wavelength side.
- a YAG-based phosphor can be obtained, for example, by firing a raw material adjusted so that a substitution element in excess of the stoichiometric ratio is added. If the substitution of Y is less than 20%, the green component is large and the red component is small. At 80% or more, the redness component increases but the luminance sharply decreases.
- the excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor having a garnet structure is shortened by replacing part of A1 with Ga in the composition of the YAG phosphor having a garnet structure. Side, and by substituting part of Y in the composition with Gd and Z or La, the excitation absorption spectrum shifts to the longer wavelength side.
- the peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG phosphor is preferably shorter than the peak wavelength of the light emission spectrum of the light emitting device.
- Such phosphors use oxides or compounds that readily become acidic at high temperatures as raw materials for Y, Gd, Ce, La, Al, Sm, and Ga. Are sufficiently mixed in a stoichiometric ratio to obtain a raw material.
- a coprecipitated oxide obtained by calcining a solution obtained by dissolving a rare earth element of Y, Gd, Ce, La, and Sm in an acid at a stoichiometric ratio with oxalic acid, and oxidizing A mixture of aluminum and gallium oxide is obtained to obtain a mixed raw material.
- a fluoride such as ammonium fluoride or NH 4 C 1 is mixed into a crucible as a flux, and the mixture is placed in a crucible and fired in air at a temperature of 135 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 2 to 5 hours. It can be obtained by calcining the product, then ball-milling the product in water, washing, separating, drying, and finally passing through a sieve.
- a first firing step in which a mixture of a mixed raw material obtained by mixing the raw materials of the phosphor and a flux is performed in the air or a weak reducing atmosphere It is preferable to perform calcination in two stages, including a second calcination step performed in the inside.
- the weakly reducing atmosphere refers to a weakly reducing atmosphere set so as to include at least an amount of oxygen required in a reaction process for forming a desired phosphor from the mixed raw material.
- the reducing atmosphere in the second baking step refers to a reducing atmosphere that is stronger than a weak reducing atmosphere.
- the yttrium-aluminum oxide-based phosphors activated by two or more kinds of cells having different compositions may be used as a mixture or may be independently arranged.
- the phosphors are arranged independently of each other, it is preferable to arrange the phosphor from the light-emitting element in the order of absorption and emission on the shorter wavelength side and absorption and emission on the longer wavelength side in this order. This makes it possible to efficiently absorb and emit light.
- a YAG-based phosphor when a YAG-based phosphor is used as the first phosphor, for example, one having the following composition can be used.
- Phosphor 7-1 (Y0.90G d 0.10) 2.85 Ce 0.15A 1 5012,
- Phosphor 7-2 (Y0.395G d 0.605) 2.85Ce0.15A15 ⁇ 12,
- Phosphor 7-3 Y2.965C e 0.035 (A 1 0.8 G a 0.2) 5012,
- Phosphor 7—4 (Y0.8, G d 0.2) 2.965C e 0.035A 15 ⁇ 12,
- Phosphor 7-5 Y2.965C e 0.035 (A 1 0.5, G a 0.5) 5012,
- Phosphor 7-6 Y2.85Ce0.15A1 5012 0
- FIG. 93 is a diagram showing reflection spectra of the YAG-based phosphors of the phosphors 7-1 to 7-4.
- FIG. 94 is a diagram showing excitation spectra of the YAG-based phosphors of the phosphors 7-1 to 7-4.
- FIG. 97 is a diagram showing a light emission spectrum when the YAG-based phosphors of phosphors 7-5 and 7-6 are excited with EX-460 nm.
- FIG. 95 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the YAG phosphor of phosphors 7-5.
- FIG. 96 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor of phosphors 7-6.
- a YAG phosphor having a desired color tone is selected.
- a light emitting element is selected from the excitation spectrum and the reflection spectrum.
- the YAG-based phosphor of No. 1 has a peak wavelength on the long wavelength side of the excitation spectrum of about 456 nm.
- a light emitting element having an emission peak wavelength on the longer wavelength side of about 5 to 10 nm than the above 450 m is selected.
- the light emitting element is selected in consideration of the excitation spectrum of the second phosphor.
- the following points are considered. For example, based on the relationship between the second phosphor and the light emitting element, when the input current is low, the light emitting element having a light emission peak wavelength of 457 nm is used at the rated drive of 2 O mA. Phosphor 7-6 YAG-based phosphor selected JP03 / 03418
- the peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum of the YAG phosphor of phosphors 7-6 is at 457 nm. Therefore, when the input current density to the light emitting element is relatively low, the YAG-based phosphor of the phosphors 7-6 emits light most efficiently. As the input current to the light-emitting element increases, the peak wavelength of the light-emitting spectrum of the light-emitting element shifts by about 10 nm to the shorter wavelength side. When the emission peak wavelength shifts to the shorter wavelength side by about 10 nm, the relative emission intensity of the YAG-based phosphor decreases because the excitation efficiency of the YAG-based phosphor of the phosphors 7-6 decreases.
- the ratio of the emission intensity of the converted light to the excitation light is relatively reduced. Therefore, in a light emitting device using the YAG-based phosphor of the phosphors 7-6, a color shift occurs due to an increase in a current applied to the light emitting element.
- the peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum is 44011 m.
- the emission intensity of the YAG-based phosphor of phosphors 7-5 is improved.
- the emission output of the YAG-based phosphor usually decreases with the heat generation of the light-emitting element.
- the light emitting device using the YAG-based phosphor of the phosphors 7-5 has a problem in that the color tone is shifted due to heat and the current density of the light emitting element is increased. ⁇ ⁇ Since the color shift caused by the turtle shift is offset, it is possible to provide a light-emitting device with less color shift and stable light emission. Therefore, when a YAG-based phosphor having the same peak wavelength as that when the input current of the light emitting element is increased or having a peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum on the shorter wavelength side is used as the first phosphor, the color tone and Very little change in emission intensity. In addition to the above-described phosphors, various YAG-based phosphors can be used.
- the nitride-based phosphor absorbs part of the blue light emitted by the LED chip 202 and emits light in the yellow to red region.
- the blue light emitted by the LED chip 202 and the yellow to red light produced by the nitride-based phosphor are mixed.
- the phosphor to be added in addition to the nitride-based phosphor preferably contains a yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated with cerium.
- the aluminum / aluminum oxidation This is because a desired chromaticity can be adjusted by containing a fluorescent substance.
- the yttrium / aluminum oxide phosphor activated by the cerium absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the LED chip 202 and emits light in a yellow region.
- the blue light emitted by the LED chip 202 and the yellow light of the yttrium-aluminum-oxide fluorescent material are mixed to emit a pale white color.
- the yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor and the phosphor emitting red light are mixed together in a coating member 201 having a light-transmitting property, and mixed with the blue light emitted by the LED chip 202.
- a light-emitting device that emits white-colored mixed light can be provided.
- a white light emitting device whose chromaticity is located on the locus of black body radiation in the chromaticity diagram.
- the amount of the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent material and the amount of the red light emitting fluorescent material can be appropriately changed.
- This light-emitting device that emits white-colored mixed light improves the special color rendering index R9.
- a white light emitting device using a semiconductor element adjusts the balance between the blue light from the light emitting element and the green to red light from the phosphor in accordance with human visibility, and obtains the light by mixing these lights. .
- the white color tone of a light emitting device using a semiconductor light emitting element can be obtained by adjusting the light emission balance in a rated driving region where the output characteristics of the light emitting device are stable.
- these light emitting devices are used by changing the input power and current density.
- the peak wavelength of the light emitting spectrum of the light emitting element shifts to the shorter wavelength side by increasing the input current. This means that as the input current increases, the current density increases and the energy level increases. This is due to factors such as an increase in the band gap.
- the amplitude of the fluctuation between the peak wavelength of the light emitting spectrum when the current density to the light emitting element is small and the peak wavelength of the light emitting spectrum when the input current is increased is, for example, 2 in this embodiment.
- the input current is increased from O mA to 10 O mA, it is about 10 when the input current is increased. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 56 and 57.
- a YAG-based phosphor is used as the first phosphor.
- the YAG phosphor of Phosphor 3 has a peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum of about 448 nm. Assuming that the emission intensity at a peak wavelength of 44811 m of this excitation spectrum is 100, the emission intensity at 460 nm is 95. Therefore, when the YAG-based phosphor is excited at 448 nm, the emission intensity is higher than when the YAG-based phosphor is excited at 460 nm. From this, the relationship between the light emitting element and the first phosphor will be outlined.
- a light-emitting element with a light-emitting peak wavelength of 460 nm This light emitting element emits blue light.
- the YAG phosphor excited by the blue light of the light emitting element emits green light of about 530 nm.
- the input current of the light emitting element is increased and a current of 10 OmA is input.
- the emission peak wavelength of the light-emitting element shifts from 460 nm to a shorter wavelength of 450 nm.
- the emission intensity of the YAG phosphor is higher when the peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum is 450 nm than at 460 nm. Therefore, the YAG-based phosphor shows relatively higher emission luminance when the excitation light is 450 nm than at 460 nm. Also, blue light has lower luminous efficiency at 450 ⁇ m than at 460 nm. Therefore, since the luminance of the blue light of the light emitting element and the green light of the YAG-based phosphor are increased, the relative intensity of the green light to the blue light is increased. Therefore, the color tone of the light emitting device slightly shifts to the green light side in a straight line connecting the blue light and the green light.
- the luminance of the phosphor decreases with an increase in the ambient temperature, so that the relative intensity of the green light with respect to the blue light decreases. Therefore, the color tone of the light emitting device slightly shifts to the blue light side in a straight line connecting the blue light and the green light. Color balance is suppressed by these balances.
- a nitride-based phosphor is used as the second phosphor.
- the nitride-based phosphor of Phosphor 5 has a peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum of about 450 nm between 350 nm and 500 nm. Assuming that the emission intensity at a peak wavelength of 450 nm of this excitation spectrum is 100, the emission intensity at 460 nm is 95. Therefore, compared to when the nitride phosphor is excited by 460, the It has a higher emission intensity when the body is excited. From this, the relationship between the light emitting element and the second phosphor will be outlined.
- the input current density to the light emitting element When the input current density to the light emitting element is low, select a light emitting element whose light emission peak wavelength is 460 nm. The same light emitting element as that used when exciting the first phosphor is used. This light emitting element emits blue light. The nitride-based phosphor excited by the blue light of the light emitting device emits red light of about 637 nm.
- the input current of the light emitting element is increased and a current of 100 mA is input. As a result, the light emitting output of the semiconductor element increases, and the light emitting element and the ambient temperature increase accordingly. Further, the emission peak wavelength of the light emitting element shifts from 460 nm to a shorter wavelength of 450 nm.
- the nitride-based phosphor has a relatively higher light intensity when the peak wavelength of the excitation spectrum is 450 nm than at 450 nm. Therefore, nitride-based phosphors exhibit higher emission luminance when the excitation light is at 450 nm than at 450 nm. Also, the blue light has lower luminous efficiency at 450 nm than at 450 nm. Therefore, the blue light of the light emitting element and the red light of the nitride-based phosphor have higher luminance of the red light, and the relative intensity of the red light with respect to the blue light increases. Therefore, the color tone of the light emitting device slightly shifts to the red light side in a straight line connecting the blue light and the red light.
- the luminance of the phosphor decreases with an increase in the ambient temperature, and the intensity of the green light relative to the blue light decreases. Therefore, the color tone of the light emitting device slightly shifts to the blue light side in a straight line connecting the blue light and the red light. These balances suppress the color shift.
- the relationship between the first phosphor and the second phosphor will be outlined.
- the nitride-based phosphor absorbs not only the light from the light-emitting element but also the light near the peak wavelength (about 53011 m) of the emission spectrum of the YAG-based phosphor and is excited.
- Heat is generated by applying a current to the light emitting element.
- the amount of heat generated also increases.
- Most of the heat generated by the light emitting element is accumulated in the coating member and the phosphor.
- the ambient temperature rises and the emission output of the phosphor itself decreases.
- the peak wavelength of the light emitting spectrum of the light emitting element shifts to the shorter wavelength side as described above, and the light emission intensity of the first phosphor increases. To increase. Due to these interactions, The first phosphor can maintain the color tone and the light output with little change. Also, the second phosphor can maintain the color tone and the light emission output with almost no change similarly to the first phosphor.
- the color tone of the light emitting device is determined by the interaction of the light emission of the light emitting element, the first phosphor, and the second phosphor. That is, in the light emitting device, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum shifts to the shorter wavelength side as the input current increases. Along with this, the emission intensity of the first phosphor and the second phosphor excited by the light emitting element increases. On the other hand, the light emitting element generates heat as the input current to the light emitting element increases. Due to this heat generation, heat is accumulated in the first phosphor, the second phosphor, the coating member, and the like. Due to this heat storage, the luminous output of these phosphors decreases.
- the color shift of the light emitting device can be suppressed.
- the color tone of the light emitting device shifts in a direction in which the color tone X increases and in a direction in which the color tone y also increases.
- the direction in which this color shifts varies along the locus of blackbody radiation.
- the color shift along the trajectory of blackbody radiation is less sensitive to human visual perception than the color shift in the direction perpendicular to the trajectory of blackbody radiation.
- the present study can provide a light emitting device in which color shift is prevented.
- the present invention is particularly effective in light-emitting devices that are easily affected by maturation, such as power-driven semiconductor light-emitting devices with high DC power and input power, light-emitting devices that are difficult to dissipate heat, and have low heat storage, and in driving environments. .
- a phosphor whose excitation spectrum hardly changes can be used in a range where the light emitting element shifts to a shorter wavelength side due to an increase in input power.
- the excitation spectrum hardly changes from 420 nro to 450 nm. Effective in combination with YAG.
- the light emitting device of the present invention can be used as a light emitting device. You can share. Further, the position of the excitation spectrum and the peak wavelength of the light emitting element can be adjusted in consideration of the thermal resistance value and heat radiation characteristics of the light emitting device, the junction temperature of the light emitting element, and the like.
- Embodiment 8 of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
- Embodiment 8 described below illustrates a light emitting device for embodying the technical idea of the present invention, and the present invention does not limit the light emitting device to the following.
- the size and positional relationship of the members shown in the drawings may be exaggerated for clarity.
- the phosphor used in the present invention comprises: a first phosphor on at least one light emitting element; and at least one or more second phosphors in which a part of emitted light is absorbed by the first phosphor.
- the first phosphor is closer to at least one light emitting element than the second phosphor.
- the phosphor layer according to the eighth embodiment includes a first phosphor layer 303 that emits light having a peak wavelength of a light emitting spectrum in a red region, and a light emitting spectrum in a yellow to green region.
- a second phosphor layer 306 that emits light having the following peak wavelength.
- the first phosphor layer 303 contains N, and Be,
- the second phosphor layer 300 contains at least one element selected from Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, Eu and Sm, which contains Y and A1.
- one element selected from Ga and In, and a YAG-based phosphor activated by at least one element selected from rare earth elements can be included.
- a light emitting device includes: a first recess in which a first phosphor and at least one light emitting element are disposed; and a first recess including the first recess, wherein a second phosphor and at least one light emitting element are provided. And a second concave portion to be placed.
- FIG. 74 is a schematic sectional view of the surface-mounted light emitting diode according to the eighth embodiment.
- the package 310 has a first concave portion 301 and a second concave portion on the light emission observation surface side.
- the first concave portion 301 is provided in the second concave portion 305.
- the second phosphor is on at least one light emitting element and / or on at least one light emitting element different from the at least one light emitting element. That is, as shown in FIG. 74, an LED chip 302 capable of emitting light in the blue region is placed in the first recess 301, and a first phosphor layer 303 is formed so as to cover the LED chip 302. You. Further, an LED chip 304 that can emit light in the blue region is also placed in the second recess 305, and a second phosphor layer is formed so as to cover the LED chip 304 and the first phosphor layer 303. 306 is formed.
- the first phosphor layer 303 and the second phosphor layer 306 are covered to protect the conductive wire 310, the LED chip, and the phosphor layer from the external environment.
- light emitted from the phosphor layer can be diffused and mixed in the direction of the emission observation surface.
- the n-side electrode and the; side electrode of the LED chip 302 and the LED chip 304 are respectively connected to the negative electrode and the positive electrode of the lead electrode 309 integrally formed in the package 308 by using conductive wires 310, respectively. I have.
- part of the LED light excites the phosphor contained in the first phosphor layer 303 to generate light in a red region having a wavelength different from that of the LED light.
- the LED chip 304 and a part of the LED light by the LED chip 302 and the phosphor contained in the second phosphor layer 306 are excited to generate light in a yellow region having a wavelength different from that of the LED light to a green region. Let it.
- the fluorescent light generated from the first phosphor layer 303 and the second phosphor layer 306 and the LED light output without contributing to the excitation of the phosphor are mixed and output from the direction of the light emission observation surface of the light emitting device. You. In this way, multiple LED chips can be used, and multiple phosphors can be directly excited by each LED chip.
- the present invention can provide an optical device capable of emitting light with high luminance with the intrinsic light emitting spectrum of each phosphor.
- each phosphor layer emits light in a different wavelength region.
- a light emitting device with improved color rendering can be obtained.
- the red light emitted from the red phosphor contained in the first phosphor layer The peak wavelength of the emission spectrum in the color region is in the range of 600 nm to 700 n, and the peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG phosphor contained in the second phosphor layer is Since the range is from 42011 m to 470 rim, light emitted from the red phosphor is hardly absorbed by the YAG phosphor and is efficiently mixed with light of other wavelengths.
- the first concave portion 301 is formed in a portion deeper than the second concave portion 305.
- light having a wavelength of 500 nm to 700 nm emitted from the second phosphor layer 306 and traveling in the direction of the light emission observation surface is excited and absorbed in a wavelength range of 350 nm to 600 nm. Since it is not absorbed by the red phosphor having a vector, a light emitting device with improved color rendering can be obtained.
- the phosphor layer in two layers in this manner, the light emitted from the first phosphor layer 303 and the LED light are emitted while passing through the second phosphor layer 306.
- Light is diffused without being absorbed by body particles, and light in the blue region, light in the yellow to green region, and light in the red region are efficiently mixed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the color rendering of the light emitted from the light emitting device.
- a diffusing agent or filler may be contained in the second phosphor layer 306, or a monild member containing a diffusing agent or filler may be formed on the second phosphor layer 306. With such a configuration, color mixing can be performed more efficiently.
- the output of light emitted from the phosphor also decreases.
- the rate of decrease is referred to as the emission output decrease rate.
- Red phosphor and the light emitting output low under constant with respect to temperature rise of the YAG-based phosphor together 4. 0X 1 0- 3 [au / ° C] or less, more preferably 2.
- 0 X 1 0 one 3 [au / ° C] The following may be adopted to make it possible to further suppress a decrease in the luminous flux [lm] of the entire light emitting device which generates heat as compared with the related art. Further, a configuration can be adopted in which the emission output reduction rate with respect to the temperature rise of the red phosphor and the YAG phosphor is substantially equal. That is, the emission output of the red phosphor and the YAG phosphor is low. The difference between the lower rate 2. 0 X 1 0- 3 [au / ° 0] or less, and more preferably 2. As 0 X 1 0- 4 [a. U. / ° C] or less, almost the emission output decrease rate Can be equal. By doing so, the temperature characteristics of the phosphors whose excitation efficiency decreases due to heat generation become almost the same, and a light emitting device capable of suppressing the occurrence of color shift even when the ambient temperature changes can be formed. .
- the phosphor used in the present invention it is possible to use a combination of various phosphors which are excited by light in the ultraviolet to visible light region and which respectively work on light in different wavelength regions. At that time, a phosphor is selected in which a part of the light emitted from the first phosphor is not absorbed by the second phosphor.
- a phosphor that is excited by ultraviolet light and generates light of a predetermined color can also be used as the phosphor.
- a specific example for example, for example,
- the phosphor used in Embodiment 8 is yttrium-aluminum. It is possible to use a combination of a pum garnet (garnet-type) phosphor and a red phosphor capable of emitting red light, especially a nitride phosphor. These YAG-based phosphors and nitride-based phosphors are separately contained in a phosphor layer composed of a plurality of layers. Hereinafter, each phosphor will be described in detail.
- the particle size of the phosphor is a value obtained by a volume-based particle size distribution curve
- the volume-based particle size distribution curve is obtained by measuring the particle size distribution of the phosphor by a laser diffraction / scattering method. Is something that can be done. Specifically, in an environment with a temperature of 25 ° C and a humidity of 70%, the phosphor is dispersed in an aqueous solution of sodium hexametaphosphate with a concentration of 0.05%, and a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer (SALD-2000A) Due to the particle size range 0.03 ⁇ ! It was measured at ⁇ 700 ⁇ .
- SALD-2000A laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer Due to the particle size range 0.03 ⁇ ! It was measured at ⁇ 700 ⁇ .
- the yttrium 'aluminum garnet-based phosphor (YAG-based phosphor) used in the eighth embodiment includes ⁇ and A1, and is selected from Lu, Sc, La, Gd, Tb, Eu and Sm.
- two or more kinds of yttrium-aluminum oxide-based phosphors activated by Ce or Pr and having different compositions are also used.
- a desired white light emission color display can be performed by mixing and displaying more yellow light and more green light and more red light.
- the light emitting device uses phosphor powder or barta in various resins such as epoxy resin, acrylic resin or silicone resin, or in a transparent inorganic material such as silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, silica sol, or the like. Is preferably contained.
- the phosphor-containing material can be used in various ways depending on the application, such as a dot-like material or a layer-like material formed thin enough to transmit light from the LED chip.
- Various ratios such as white light and bulb color can be provided by adjusting the ratio of phosphor and resin, coating and filling amount, and selecting the emission wavelength of the light emitting element. be able to.
- a light emitting device capable of emitting light efficiently can be obtained. That is, on the light emitting element having the reflection member, there is a color conversion member containing a phosphor capable of emitting light at a long wavelength having an absorption wavelength on the long wavelength side, and an absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side, By laminating a color conversion member capable of emitting light with a longer wavelength, the reflected light can be used effectively.
- the YAG-based phosphor capable of emitting green light which is an yttrium-aluminum oxide-based phosphor activated with cerium used in Embodiment 8, is resistant to heat, light, and moisture because of the garnet structure.
- the peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum can be changed from 420 ⁇ m to around 470im.
- the emission peak wavelength; L p is also around 5100 nm, and has a broad emission spectrum that extends to around 700 nm.
- the YAG-based phosphor which is a yttrium-aluminum oxide-based phosphor activated by cerium, can also emit red light, has a garnet structure, is resistant to heat, light, and moisture, and has a peak in the excitation absorption spectrum.
- the wavelength can be set to around 420 nm to 470 nm. In addition, it has a broad emission spectrum with an emission peak wavelength ⁇ ⁇ near 600 nm and a tail extending to around 750 ⁇ m.
- the emission spectrum shifts to the shorter wavelength side, and part of Y in the composition becomes Gd And / or substitution with La shifts the emission spectrum to the longer wavelength side. If the substitution of Y is less than 20%, the green component is large and the red component is small. At 80% or more, the redness component increases but the luminance sharply decreases.
- the excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG phosphor having a garnet structure can be shifted to the short wavelength side by substituting Ga for part of A 1 in the composition of the YAG phosphor having a garnet structure.
- the excitation absorption spectrum shifts to the longer wavelength side by shifting and replacing part of Y in the composition with Gd and / or La.
- the peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum of the YAG phosphor is It is preferable that the wavelength is shorter than the peak wavelength of the light emitting spectrum of the light emitting element. With this configuration, when the current applied to the light-emitting element is increased, the peak wavelength of the excitation absorption spectrum substantially matches the peak wavelength of the light-emitting spectrum of the light-emitting element. It is possible to form a light emitting device in which the occurrence of chromaticity deviation is suppressed without lowering the chromaticity.
- Such phosphors use oxides or compounds that readily become acidic at high temperatures as raw materials for Y, Gd, Ce, La, Al, Sm, and Ga. Are sufficiently mixed in a stoichiometric ratio to obtain a raw material.
- a coprecipitated oxide obtained by calcining a solution obtained by dissolving a rare earth element of Y, Gd, Ce, La, and Sm in an acid at a stoichiometric ratio with oxalic acid, and oxidizing
- a mixed raw material is obtained by mixing aluminum and gallium oxide.
- a first baking step in which a mixture of a mixed raw material obtained by mixing the raw materials of the phosphor and a flux is performed in the air or a weak reducing atmosphere, It is preferable to perform calcination in two stages, including a second calcination step performed in the inside.
- the weakly reducing atmosphere refers to a weakly reducing atmosphere that is set so as to include at least the amount of oxygen required in the reaction process for forming the desired phosphor from the mixed raw material.
- the reducing atmosphere in the second firing step refers to a reducing atmosphere that is stronger than a weak reducing atmosphere.
- the yttrium / reminimum oxide-based phosphors activated by two or more kinds of cerium having different compositions may be used as a mixture or may be independently arranged.
- the phosphors are arranged independently, light from the light-emitting element It is preferable to arrange the absorption light-emitting screen on the long side, the phosphor, and the absorption light-emitting screen on the longer wavelength side, and then the phosphor. This makes it possible to efficiently absorb and emit light.
- the first phosphor used in the present invention contains N, and contains Be, Mg, Ca, Sr,
- At least one element selected from Ba, and Zn, and at least one element selected from C, Si, Ge, Sn, T ⁇ , ⁇ r, and ⁇ f, selected from rare earth elements Is a nitride-based phosphor activated by at least one element.
- the nitride-based phosphor used in the eighth embodiment refers to a phosphor that emits light when excited by absorbing visible light and ultraviolet light emitted from an LED chip.
- the phosphor according to the present invention includes Sr—Ca—Si—N: Eu, Ca—Si—N: Eu, Sr—Si—N: Eu, S r—Ca—Si— ⁇ N: Eu, Ca—Si—O—N: Eu, Sr—Si—O—N: Eu-based silicone nitride.
- the basic constituent element of this phosphor is represented by the general formula L X S i ⁇ ⁇ (2 / 3X + 4. / 3Y): Eu or L X S i Y O z N (2/3 X + 4 '3 Y- 2/3 Z) ⁇ U , any of S r, Ca ⁇ S ⁇ and C a. ).
- the basic constituent elements, Myuita was added (S r x Ca one x) 2 S i 5 N 8 : Eu, S r 2 S i 5 N 8: Eu, Ca 2 S i 5 N 8 : Eu, S r X C ai 7 N 10: E u N S r S i 7 N 10: Eu, C a S i 7 N 10: the use of phosphor represented by Eu virtuous better bur,
- the composition of the phosphor contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Cr and Ni. You may. However, the present invention is not limited to Embodiment 8 and Examples.
- L is Sr, Ca, or any of Sr and Ca. Sr and Ca can be varied in the mixing ratio as desired.
- the phosphor of the present invention is a base alkaline earth Eu 2 + is used as an activator for metallic silicon nitride.
- Eu 2 + is likely to be Sani ⁇ , commercially available trivalent composition of E u 2 0 3.
- large O involvement of a good phosphor is hardly obtained. Therefore, the ⁇ from Eu 2 0 3, it is preferable to use those removed out of the system. For example, it is preferable to use europium alone or europium nitride. However, this does not apply if Mn is added.
- Mn an additive, promotes the diffusion of Eu 2+ and aims to improve luminous efficiency such as luminous brightness, energy efficiency and quantum efficiency.
- Mn is contained in the raw material, or Mn alone or a Mn compound is contained in the manufacturing process, and is calcined together with the raw material.
- Mn is not contained in the basic constituent elements after calcination, or even if it is contained, it is smaller than the initial content and does not remain. This is probably because Mn was scattered in the firing process.
- the phosphor in the basic constituent elements, or, together with the basic constituent elements, Mg, S r, C a s Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Cr, O group consisting of O and N i Rieraba It contains at least one or more types. These elements have functions such as increasing the particle size and increasing the emission luminance. In addition, B, Al, Mg, Cr and Ni have an effect of suppressing afterglow.
- Such a nitride-based phosphor absorbs a part of the blue light emitted by the LED chip 302 and emits light in a yellow to red region.
- the blue light emitted by the LED chips 302 and 304, the light by the YAG-based phosphor, and the nitride By mixing yellow to red light from the system phosphor, a light emitting device that emits warm color mixed light can be obtained.
- the yttrium-aluminum oxide phosphor activated by the cerium absorbs part of the blue light emitted by the LED chip 304 and emits light in a yellow region.
- the blue light emitted by the LED chip 304 and the yellow light of the yttrium-aluminum oxide fluorescent substance are mixed to emit a pale white color.
- the first phosphor layer and the second phosphor layer contain the red-emitting phosphor and the yttrium / aluminum oxide phosphor, respectively, and the LED chip 302 or the LED chip 304 emits light. Pair with blue light By combining them, a light-emitting device that emits white-colored mixed light can be provided.
- white light emitting devices whose chromaticity is located on the locus of black body radiation in the chromaticity diagram.
- the amount of the phosphor of yttrium-aluminum oxide and the amount of the phosphor for emitting red light can be appropriately changed.
- This light-emitting device that emits white-colored mixed light improves the special color rendering index R9.
- the phosphor according to the present invention ((S r x C a _ x) 2 S i 5 N 8:! E u) will be described a manufacturing how the, not limited to this manufacturing method.
- the phosphor contains Mn and ⁇ .
- Sr and Ca Crush the raw materials Sr and Ca.
- the raw materials Sr and Ca it is preferable to use simple substances, but compounds such as imide compounds and amide compounds can also be used.
- the material S r, the C a, B, A 1, C u, Mg, Mn, may be contained, etc. A 1 2 0 3.
- Sr and C a of raw materials are pulverized.
- Sr and Ca obtained by pulverization preferably have an average particle size of about 0.1 / im to 15 jum, but are not limited to this range.
- the purity of Sr and Ca is preferably 2N or more, but is not limited thereto.
- at least one of the metal C a metal S r and the metal Eu can be made into an alloy state, then nitrided, pulverized, and used as a raw material.
- the raw material Si it is preferable to use a simple substance, but a nitride compound, an imide compound, an amide compound and the like can also be used.
- the purity of S i of the raw material, 3 is N or more are preferable, A 1 2 0 3, Mg, metal boride (C o 3 B, N i 3 B, C r B), Sani ⁇ manganese, H 3 BO. , B 2 0 3, Cu 2 0, compounds such as CuO is It may be contained.
- S ⁇ is also pulverized in the same manner as the raw materials Sr and Ca.
- the average particle size of the Si compound is preferably between about 0.1 m and 15 m.
- Sr and Ca in a nitrogen atmosphere at 600 to 900 ° C for about 5 hours.
- Sr and Ca may be mixed and nitrided, or may be individually nitrided. Thereby, nitrides of Sr and Ca can be obtained.
- Sr and Ca nitrides are preferably of high purity, but commercially available ones can also be used.
- Silicon Si is also nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere at 800 to 1200 ° C for about 5 hours. Thus, silicon nitride is obtained.
- the silicon nitride used in the present invention is preferably of high purity, but commercially available silicon nitride can also be used.
- Grind nitride of Sr, Ca or Sr-Ca Grinds Sr, Ca, Sr-Ca nitrides.
- the Si nitride is pulverized.
- a force using palladium oxide can also be used.
- an imide compound or an amide compound can be used as the raw material Z.
- the high-purity palladium oxide is preferably high purity, but a commercially available one can also be used.
- the average particle size of the ground aluminum nitride, silicon nitride and europium oxide after grinding is preferably about 0.1 m to 15 / im.
- the raw material contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Mg, Sr, Ca, Ba, Zn, B, Al, Cu, Mn, Cr, O and Ni. You may. Further, the above elements such as Mg, Zn, and B can be mixed in the following mixing step by adjusting the blending amount. These compounds may be added alone in the raw material, usually in the form of a compound. Such compounds include H 3 B 0 3, Cu 2 0 3, MgC l 2, MgO ⁇ C a O, Al 2 0 3, metal borides (C r B, Mg 3 B 2, A1 B 2, Mn B), B 2 0 3, Cu 2 ⁇ , there is such as CuO. After the pulverization, S r, Ca, nitride of S r -C a, nitrides S i, mixing the compound Eu 2 0 3 of E u, adding Mn.
- the firing temperature can range from 1200 to 1700 ° C.
- a firing temperature of 400 to 1700 ° C is preferred.
- the temperature is gradually raised and firing is performed at 1200 to 1500 ° C for several hours, but the first-stage firing is performed at 800 to 1000 ° C and gradually heated. From 1200 to 1
- Two-stage baking in which the second baking is performed at 500 ° C can also be used. It is preferable that the raw material of the phosphor is fired using a crucible or boat made of boron nitride (BN). Other boron nitride material quality of the crucible, an alumina (A 1 2 0 3) can also be used materials of the crucible.
- BN boron nitride
- a nitride-based phosphor is particularly used as the phosphor that emits reddish light.
- a phosphor containing a red-based phosphor other than the nitride-based phosphor is used. It is also possible to use the body layer 303.
- Such a phosphor capable of emitting red light is a phosphor that emits light when excited by light having a wavelength of 400 to 600 nm.
- Various light sources capable of exciting the first phosphor and the second phosphor can be used as the excitation light of the phosphor in the present invention.
- a semiconductor light emitting device represented by an LED chip, a semiconductor laser device, and the like.
- the LED chips 302 and 304 are light emitting elements that are light sources for exciting the first phosphor and the second phosphor.
- a light source formed by combining a light-emitting element capable of emitting ultraviolet light and a phosphor that absorbs the ultraviolet light and emits light having a different wavelength is described. The light source for exciting the first phosphor and the second phosphor may be used.
- an LED chip that emits ultraviolet light and a phosphor that absorbs the ultraviolet light and emits light in the blue region are used as an excitation light source, and the first fluorescent light is excited by the excitation light source to emit light in the red region.
- a light emitting device may be formed in which a body and a second phosphor that is excited by the excitation light source and emits light in a green to yellow region are arranged in this order from the excitation light source side. With this configuration, the light emitted from the second phosphor is not absorbed by the first phosphor, so that the color rendering is improved by using an LED chip that emits ultraviolet rays and lines. Thus, a light emitting device can be formed.
- the first phosphor, the second phosphor, and the light-emitting element are combined, and the phosphors are excited to mix the wavelength-converted light to emit light.
- an LED chip that emits light having a wavelength that can excite the phosphor is used.
- LED chips are fabricated on a substrate by MOCVD, etc., with GaAs, InP, GaAlAs, InGaA1PInN, AlN, GaN, InGaN, A1GaN, InGaA1N, etc.
- a semiconductor is formed as a light emitting layer.
- Examples of the structure of the semiconductor include a homostructure having a MIS junction, a PIN junction, a PN junction, and the like, a heterostructure, and a double heterostructure.
- Various emission wavelengths can be selected depending on the material of the semiconductor layer and the degree of mixed crystal thereof.
- the semiconductor active layer A single quantum well structure or a multiple quantum well structure formed in a thin film where a quantum effect occurs can also be used.
- gallium nitride-based compound semiconductor materials such as sapphire, spinel, SiC, Si, ZnO, and GaN are preferably used for the semiconductor substrate.
- materials such as sapphire, spinel, SiC, Si, ZnO, and GaN are preferably used for the semiconductor substrate.
- a sapphire substrate In order to form gallium nitride having good crystallinity, it is more preferable to use a sapphire substrate.
- a buffer layer such as GaN or AIN and form a gallium nitride semiconductor having a PN junction thereon.
- a GaN single crystal itself selectively grown on a sapphire substrate using Si ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 2 as a mask can be used as the substrate.
- a nitride semiconductor compound semiconductor exhibits N-type conductivity without doping impurities.
- a desired N-type gallium nitride semiconductor for example, to improve luminous efficiency, it is preferable to appropriately introduce Si, Ge, Se, Te, C, or the like as an N-type dopant.
- P-type dopants such as Zn, Mg, Be, Ca, Sr, and Ba are doped.
- Gallium nitride-based compound semiconductors do not easily become P-type only by doping with P-type dopants, so that after introducing P-type dopants, annealing is performed by heating in a furnace, low-speed electron beam irradiation, plasma irradiation, etc., to form a P-type impurity. Is preferred.
- the specific layer structure of the light-emitting element is as follows: a sapphire substrate having a buffer layer formed of gallium nitride, aluminum nitride, or the like at a low temperature or silicon carbide; a gallium nitride semiconductor N-type contact layer; N-type cladding layer as a semiconductor, active 14 layers of indium nitride nitride semiconductor doped with Zri and Si, P-type cladding layer as aluminum nitride semiconductor, P-type as gallium nitride semiconductor The thing in which the contact layer was laminated
- the LED chip 302 in the case of the LED chip 302 having a sapphire substrate,
- Each electrode having a desired shape is formed on the layer by using a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, or the like.
- a pair of electrodes can be formed using the conductivity of the substrate itself.
- a very thin scribe line (traffic f spring) is drawn on a semiconductor wafer, for example, in a grid pattern by a scriber in which a diamond needle at the tip reciprocates linearly, and then the wafer is cut by an external force to cut the semiconductor wafer into chips.
- the LED chip 302 which is a nitride-based compound semiconductor, can be formed.
- the peak emission wavelength of the LED chip can be 350 nm or more and 530 nm or less in consideration of the excitation absorption wavelength of the phosphor.
- each of the LED chip 302 and the LED chip 304 can be individually controlled, and the degree of color mixing of light that is wavelength-converted and emitted by the first phosphor and the second phosphor is controlled. By doing so, a light emitting device that can freely adjust the color temperature of mixed color light can be obtained.
- the conductive wire 310 is required to have good ohmic properties, mechanical connectivity, electrical conductivity, and thermal conductivity with the electrodes of the LED chip.
- the thermal conductivity is preferably at least 0.01 ca 1 / (s) (cm 2 ) (° CZ cm), more preferably at least 0.5 ca ⁇ / (s) (cm 2 ) (° C / cm). It is.
- the diameter of the conductive wire is preferably not less than ⁇ 45 ⁇ in consideration of workability and the like. In particular, the conductive wire is likely to break at the interface between the phosphor-containing coating and the mold member containing no phosphor.
- the diameter of the conductive wire is more preferably 2 or more. From the viewpoint of easiness, 35 m or less is more preferable.
- a conductive wire is a conductive wire using a metal such as gold, copper, platinum, and aluminum, and an alloy thereof.
- a conductive wire can easily connect an electrode of each LED chip to an inner lead and a mount lead by using a wire bonding device.
- the package 308 includes a first recess 301 on which the LED chip 302 and the first phosphor layer 303 are placed, and the first recess, and includes the LED 304 and the second phosphor layer 306. It has a second recess for mounting.
- a pair of positive and negative lead electrodes 309 for supplying power to the LED chip are formed in a part of the package.
- the first concave portion 301 is formed to be recessed from the bottom surface of the second concave portion 305 on which the LED chip 304 is placed in a direction opposite to the light emission observation surface. preferable.
- a cup-shaped first concave portion may be provided on the same bottom surface on which the LED chip 304 is placed in the second concave portion 305.
- the LED chip 304 is placed via a spacer on the same surface on which the LED chip 302 is placed, and the LED chip 302 is spaced from the LED chip 304 by a spacer.
- screen printing or spraying is used on the surface of the LED chip 302 on the light observation surface side.
- the light emitted from the phosphor included in the second phosphor layer 306 and traveling toward the emission observation surface is directed to the first phosphor layer 306. Since it is not absorbed by the red phosphor contained in the layer, color rendering is improved. It may be a light emitting device with.
- Such a package 308 can be formed relatively easily by transfer molding, insert molding, or the like.
- Aromatic nylon resin polyphthalamide resin (PPA), sulfone resin, polyamideimide resin (PAI), polyketone resin (PK), polycarbonate resin, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) Liquid crystal polymer (LCP), AB Thermoplastic resins such as S resin and PBT resin can be used.
- PPA polyphthalamide resin
- PAI polyamideimide resin
- PK polyketone resin
- PPS polycarbonate resin
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- LCP Liquid crystal polymer
- AB Thermoplastic resins such as S resin and PBT resin
- a mixture of these thermoplastic resins containing glass fibers may be used as the thermoplastic material.
- the first concave portion and the second concave portion can be formed by integral molding during package molding using a molding die.
- the package can be formed using a metal material.
- the concave portion can be easily formed by performing a pressing process, and the lead electrode is formed on a part of the package via an insulating member.
- a metal material as a package material in this way, a light emitting device with improved heat dissipation can be obtained.
- the bonding of the LED chip into the package recess can be performed by an insulating adhesive such as thermosetting resin. Specifically, epoxy resin, ataryl resin, imid resin and the like can be mentioned. Also, in order to achieve electrical continuity with the lead electrode from face down, which is a mounting method that connects the electrode surface of the LED chip to the lead electrode, use Ag paste, carbon paste, metal bumps, eutectic solder, etc. be able to. Furthermore, in order to improve the light use efficiency of the light emitting diode, the surface of the mount / lead on which the LED chip is arranged may be mirror-finished, and the surface may have a reflection function. In this case, the surface roughness is preferably 0.1 S or more and 0.8 S or less.
- the pair of positive and negative lead electrodes used in the eighth embodiment supplies power to the LED chip, and is formed on a part of the package 308 via an insulating member as necessary.
- the first concave portion and the second concave portion may be provided directly to either the positive or negative lead electrode, and may be mounted via the LED chip insulating adhesive.
- the specific electric resistance of the lead electrode is preferably 300 ⁇ -cm or less, more preferably 3 ⁇ ⁇ -cm or less.
- good heat conductivity is required because the amount of heat generated from the LED chips increases.
- it is preferably at least 0.5 Olca (s) (cm 2 ) (: C / cm), more preferably 0.5 ca 1Z. (s) (cm 2 ) (° C / cm) or more.
- Materials satisfying these conditions include iron, copper, copper with iron, copper with tin, and ceramic with a metallized pattern.
- the mount / lead 402 in the eighth embodiment has an LED chip 302 and a first concave portion 301 and a second concave portion 305 in which the LED chip is arranged, and is used for die bonding equipment or the like. It just needs to be large enough for loading.
- the first concave portion 301 is preferably formed to be recessed from the bottom surface of the second concave portion 305 on which the LED chip 304 is mounted in a direction opposite to the light emission observation surface.
- a cup-shaped first concave portion may be provided on the same bottom surface on which the LED chip 304 is placed in the second concave portion 305.
- the LED chip 304 is placed on the same surface on which the LED chip 302 is mounted via a spacer, and the LED chip 302 is thicker than the LED chip 304 in thickness. It may be placed at a position closer to the bottom of the recess by that much.
- the emission of the LED chip 302 is observed. ⁇ After the first phosphor layer 303 is formed on the surface side by screen printing or an application method using a spray, it is placed on the bottom surface of the concave portion. It does not matter. As described above, it is possible to reliably cover only the desired LED chip 302 with the phosphor layer forming material including the red phosphor. In addition, when multiple LED chips are installed and the mount / lead is used as a common electrode of the LED chip, sufficient electrical conductivity and connectivity with bonding wires and the like are required.
- the bonding between the LED chips 302 and 304 and the cup of the mount lead 402 can be performed using a thermosetting resin or the like. Specific examples include an epoxy resin, an atari resin, and an imide resin.
- a thermosetting resin for bonding and electrical connection with the mount / lead by a face-down LED chip, etc., Ag paste, carbon paste, metal bumps, etc. can be used.
- the surface of the mount lead on which the LED chip is arranged may be mirror-like, and the surface may have a reflection function. In this case, the surface roughness is preferably 0.1 S or more and 0.8 S or less.
- mount 'Lead' The specific electric resistance is preferably 300 ⁇ -cm or less, more preferably 3 ⁇ -cm or less.
- good heat conductivity is required because the amount of heat generated from the LED chips increases.
- it is preferably at least 0.5 Ocal / (s) (cm 2 ) (° C / cm), more preferably at least 0.5 cal / (s) (cm 2 ) (.CZ cm).
- Materials satisfying these conditions include iron, copper, copper with iron, copper with tin, and ceramics with metallized patterns. When such a metal is used, the first concave portion and the second concave portion can be formed by processing with a molding die, pressing and the like.
- the inner lead 401 connects the LED chip 302 disposed on the mount lead 402 and the conductive wire 310 connected thereto.
- the inner lead 401 connects the LED chip 302 disposed on the mount lead 402 and the conductive wire 310 connected thereto.
- the area of the end face of the inner ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ lead to which wire bonding is performed is increased, etc., thereby preventing the conductive wire connected to the inner ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ lead further away from the mount ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ lead. be able to.
- the roughness of the connection end face with the conductive wire is preferably 1.6 S or more and 10 S or less in consideration of adhesion.
- the shape of the lead frame may be determined in advance with a mold frame and punched and formed, or after forming all the inner leads, the inner lead may be formed. ⁇ It may be formed by cutting a part of the upper part of the lead. Furthermore, after the inner lead is formed by punching, a desired end face area and end face height can be simultaneously formed by pressing from the end face direction.
- the inner lead is required to have good connectivity with a conductive wire such as a bonding wire and good electrical conductivity.
- the specific electrical resistance is preferably 300 ⁇ -cm or less, more preferably 3 ⁇ -cm or less.
- Materials satisfying these conditions include iron, copper, copper with iron, copper with tin, copper, aluminum, gold, silver, iron, copper, and the like.
- the first phosphor layer 303 and the second phosphor layer 303 in the eighth embodiment are as follows.
- the LED chip is covered in a recess provided in the package, and contains a red phosphor and a YAG phosphor which convert the light emitted from the LED chip.
- Specific materials for forming the phosphor layer include transparent resins with excellent weather resistance such as epoxy resin, urine resin, and silicone resin, and translucent materials such as silicon sol with excellent light resistance and glass. Inorganic materials are preferably used.
- a diffusing agent may be contained together with the phosphor.
- barium titanate, titanium oxide, anolemmium oxide, silicon oxide, calcium carbonate, silicon dioxide and the like are suitably used.
- the mold member 307 is used to protect the LED chips 302, 304, the conductive wires 110, the phosphor layer containing the phosphor, etc. from the external environment according to the application of the light emitting diode. Can be provided.
- the MONORED member 307 can be generally formed using a resin.
- the viewing angle can be increased by including the phosphor, but the directivity from the LED chip can be relaxed and the viewing angle can be further increased by including the diffusing agent in the resin mold.
- a plurality of mold members 307 may be stacked.
- the mold member 307 is a convex lens shape, an HO lens shape, an elliptical shape from the light emission observation surface, or a combination of a plurality of them.
- a transparent resin having excellent weather resistance such as an epoxy resin, a urea resin, or a silicone resin, or a light-transmitting inorganic material such as silica sol or glass having excellent light resistance is preferably used.
- the diffusing agent barium titanate, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, calcium carbonate, silicon dioxide, or the like is preferably used.
- the mold member and the phosphor layer may be formed using the same member, for example, silicone resin.
- the coloring of the phosphor viewed from the emission observation surface side can be hidden.
- the coloring of the phosphor is referred to in the present application.
- the phosphor of the present invention absorbs the blue component of light from strong external light and emits light. Therefore, it looks like it is colored yellow.
- the colored portion may appear enlarged. Such coloring may be undesirable in design or the like.
- the diffusing agent contained in the mold member makes the mold member white and the colorant in a desired color, thereby making the coloring invisible. Therefore, the color of the phosphor is not observed from such a light emission observation surface side.
- the main emission wavelength of light emitted from the LED chip is not less than 430 nm, it is more preferable to include an ultraviolet absorber, which is a light stabilizer, in the mold member from the viewpoint of weather resistance.
- the temperature characteristics are indicated by relative luminance where the emission luminance at 25 ° C. is set to 100%.
- the particle size is a value determined by an air permeation method called FSSS No. (Fisher Sub Sieve Sizer's No.).
- the excitation light lamp is turned off.
- the time standard is defined as 0 at the moment when the lamp of the excitation light source is turned off.
- the luminance during irradiation with the excitation light source is the luminance standard of 100%, measure the time required for the luminance to decay to lZi0. Afterglow characteristics are determined based on the results of this measurement.
- the phosphors of Examples 1 to 80 are the phosphors of the examples related to the first embodiment.
- Table 1 shows the characteristics of Examples 1 to 80 of the nitride phosphor according to the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Example 60.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a reflection spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Example 60.
- the phosphor according to the present invention has a general formula of L X M Y N ( (2/3) x + (4 ,, 3) ⁇ ) : R or L x M Y O z N ((2/3) ⁇ + (4 / 3) ⁇ - (2/3) ⁇ ): a nitride phosphor represented by R, wherein the nitride phosphor is different from L, M, ⁇ , N, and R Elements (hereinafter simply referred to as “different elements”).
- Examples 1 to 80 are Ca 9S5 Eu 0. 15 S i 5 N 7. 990 ⁇ 0 ..
- a nitride phosphor represented by 0225 which contains an element different from L, M, 0, N, and R.
- Table 1 shows the results of examining the characteristics of the nitride phosphors of Examples 1 to 80.
- the raw material mixing ratio in Table 1 is a molar ratio of the raw materials.
- the Eu concentration is 0.015.
- the Eu concentration is a molar ratio to the molar concentration of Ca.
- the addition amount of the different element with respect to the weight of the phosphor after the synthesis is 100 ppm or 500 ppm. By adding the different elements, adjustment of luminance and adjustment of quantum efficiency can be performed. Further, in the case where the element diffused from the crucible and the furnace material, and in order to confirm the effect of the element contained in the raw material, a different element was added to the raw material, and the effect of the different element was confirmed.
- the element diffuses from the crucible or furnace material the conditions will be more relaxed (less than if a different element is intentionally added to the raw material).
- the raw material Ca was pulverized to 1 to 15 m, and nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the nitride of Ca was ground to 0.1 to 10 / zm. 20 g of the raw material Ca was weighed and nitrified.
- the raw material Si was pulverized to 1 to 15 m and nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the Si nitride was pulverized to 0.1 to 10 m. 20 g of the raw material Si was weighed and nitridated.
- the compound £ 11 2 ⁇ 3 £ 11 were wet-mixed compounds containing different elements.
- the compound containing as a different element when the H 3 B0 3 is described as an example, first, the compound E u 2 0 3 of Eu 20 g, and 3. 65 g weighed H 3 B0 3.
- Examples 1 to 80 instead of boron (B) described above, as shown in Table 1, mixing with Eu and a different element so that the different elements become 100 ppm and 500 ppm, After firing and crushing, weighing was performed.
- element added to the nitride phosphors of Examples 1 to 80 L i OH ⁇ H 2 ⁇ (wa ko special grade 1 24- 0 1 21 2), Na 2 C0 3 (wa ko special grade 1 97 - 0 1 5 85), K 2 C0 3 (wa ko special grade 1 6 2- 034 9 5), Rb C l (wako special grade 1 8 7- 0032 1), C s C 1 (wa ko special grade 03 5- 0 1 9 5 2), Mg (N0 3) 2 (wa ko special grade 1 34- 00 25 5), C a C 1 2 ⁇ 6H 2 0 (wa ko reagent), S r
- the compounds having the different elements were mixed and fired.
- the firing conditions are as follows: put in a boron nitride crucible in an ammonia atmosphere, gradually raise the temperature from room temperature over about 5 hours, bake at about 1350 ° C for 5 hours, and slowly cool to room temperature over 5 hours. Cooled down. Different elements may be scattered during firing, and the final product may not contain the different elements. Even when different elements are contained, 0.1 ppm to several hundred p, which are smaller than the initial addition amount, remain.
- the luminance and quantum efficiency of the nitride phosphors of Examples 1 to 80 are expressed as relative flt based on 100% when Cr is added at 500 ppm (quantum efficiency of Example 30).
- the purpose of calcination is not only to carry out a solid-phase reaction but also to obtain particles having good crystallinity and grown to an appropriate particle size.
- the substance added to the raw material to help the crystal growth is called a flux.
- the flux also plays a role not only in promoting the particle growth but also in introducing the co-activator into the matrix lattice.
- an element that shows a molten state at a relatively low temperature such as a Group I element, is present at the phosphor grain boundary during firing, and becomes a melt in which the phosphor component is dissolved, thereby promoting the phosphor particle growth. .
- the phosphor becomes a shape that absorbs the excitation energy and is faint.
- the phosphors of Examples 1 to 10 containing a Group I element composed of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs have high luminance and high quantum efficiency. This is thought to be due to the flux effect of promoting the particle growth and introducing a coactivator into the matrix lattice by the Group I element.
- the brightness can be adjusted by adjusting the addition amount of the Group I element.
- Examples 11 to 16, 57 and 58 are Group II elements corresponding to L, and contain 100 ppm or 500 ppm of Mg, Sr, Ba, and Zn.
- the luminance of the nitrided phosphor can be adjusted by adjusting the amount of L.
- Group IV element composed of Ti, Zr, and ⁇ in Examples 17 to 22,
- Group I element composed of Cu, Ag, and Au in Examples 51 to 56, B, Al in Examples 59 to 66,
- Group III element consisting of Ga and In Group IV element consisting of Sn and Pb in Examples 69 to 72, Group V element consisting of P, Sb and Bi in Examples 73 to 78, Example 79 And a nitride phosphor containing a group VI element consisting of 80 S can have high brightness.
- the luminance is adjusted by adjusting the content. Can be adjusted.
- the crucible is eroded in the firing step, and elements constituting the crucible are mixed into the nitride phosphor from the crucible.
- the nitride phosphor according to the example is fired in an ammonia atmosphere using a crucible made of boron nitride, it is considered that the crucible is eroded and boron is mixed into the nitride phosphor.
- the nitride phosphor can improve brightness and quantum efficiency by containing boron.
- a crucible made of a nitrided aluminum material can be used positively.
- the excitation light source of 450 nm to 470 nm does not cause a significant decrease in emission luminance and emission efficiency. It is possible to provide a light-emitting material that emits light in a range from orange to red.
- the temperature characteristics indicate the quality of light emission of the nitride phosphor at high temperatures. Those with small attenuation at high temperatures are obtained when the nitride phosphor is provided near the surface of the light emitting element. This indicates that stable light emission is possible.
- Examples 1 to 80 97 to 100% at 35 ° C, 95 to 95% at 100 ° C, and 58 to 80% at 200 ° C. . This indicates that the temperature characteristics of the nitride phosphors of Examples 1 to 80 are extremely good. According to the above Examples 1 to 80, in particular, when B is added several to several hundred p pra,
- the luminance is 234.6%
- the quantum efficiency is 244.6% (100 ppm of B is added)
- the luminance is 237.9%
- the quantum efficiency is 248.1% (based on adding 500 ppm of Cr).
- B is added at 500 ppm), and the luminous efficiency is remarkably improved.
- similar effects can be obtained by using Ba, Sr, Ca—Sr, etc. instead of Ca.
- the nitride phosphors of Examples 1 to 80 have a peak wavelength near 609 nm when excited by a 460 nm excitation light source.
- the afterglow of Example 3 is 14 msec
- the afterglow of Example 9 is 18 msec
- the afterglow of Example 11 is 22 msec
- the afterglow of Example 15 is 18 msec
- the afterglow of Example 17 is 14 ms ec.
- the afterglow of Example 27 was 18 msec
- the afterglow of Example 29 was 10 ms ec
- the afterglow of Example 39 was 16 msec
- the afterglow of Example 43 was 12 msec
- the afterglow of Example 59 Was 20 ms ec and the afterglow of Example 61 was 22 msec.
- Na, Ti, Mg, Al, B, Cr, Ni and the like have the effect of shortening the afterglow.
- the light-emitting device of Example 81 is a white light-emitting device configured by using the phosphor of Example 15 and having a reddish component added thereto. Note that the light emitting device of Example 81 is a type 1 light emitting device shown in FIG. FIG. 8 is a diagram showing chromaticity coordinates of the light emitting device of the example 81.
- a part of the n + GaN: Si layer is exposed by etching to form an n-type electrode.
- a p-type electrode is formed on the p-GaN: Mg layer.
- the lead frame 13 is made of iron-containing copper.
- the light emitting element 10 is die-bonded to the mount 13 at the center of the bottom of the cup 13a.
- the conductive wire 14 is made of gold, and the bumps 4 for conductively connecting the electrode 3 and the conductive wire 14 are provided with Ni plating.
- the phosphor 11 a mixture of the phosphor of Example 15 and a YAG-based phosphor is used.
- the coating member 12 a mixture of an epoxy resin, a diffusing agent, barium titanate, titanium oxide and the phosphor 11 in a predetermined ratio is used.
- the mold member 15 uses an epoxy resin.
- the shell-type light emitting device of Example 81 has a radius of 2 to 4 mm and a height of about 7 mm for the mold member 15.
- the top of ⁇ 10 mm is a hemispherical cylinder.
- the blue light emitting device 10 having the first emission spectrum having a peak wavelength of approximately 460 nm and capable of exciting the phosphor 11 emits light.
- a part of the light having the emission spectrum of 1 is a phosphor that covers the semiconductor layer 2.
- 11 performs color tone conversion.
- the phosphor of Example 15 emits light having a second emission spectrum different from the first emission spectrum.
- the YAG-based phosphor contained in the phosphor 11 is excited by light having the first light-emitting spectrum, and emits light having the third light-emitting spectrum.
- the white light-emitting device of Example 81 emits reddish light by mixing light having the first, second, and third emission spectra with each other.
- the phosphor of Example 15 was mixed with a yttrium-gadolinium-aluminum oxide phosphor (Y—GdA 1 -0: Ce) activated with cerium.
- Y—GdA 1 -0: Ce yttrium-gadolinium-aluminum oxide phosphor
- a phosphor is used.
- Example 15 is a Ca 2 S i 5 N 8 : Eu nitride phosphor to which Ba is added.
- type 1 luminescence using only the yttrium gadolinium aluminum oxalate phosphor not containing the phosphor of Example 15 and activated with cerium as the phosphor 11 was used. The device was made.
- the light-emitting device comprising a light-emitting device and comparative according to Example 81, as-it Riumu ⁇ Gadoryeumu-a ⁇ / Miniumu oxide phosphor, (Y 0 8 Gd 0 2 ..) 3 1 s 0 32: Fluorescence of C e Use the body.
- the light emitting device for comparison emits light by a combination of a blue light emitting element and a phosphor of (Y-Gd-A1-O: Ce). Instead of the yttrium 'gadolinium' aluminum oxide phosphor activated by cerium, the yttrium-gallium-aluminum-aluminum oxide phosphor activated by cerium Y 3 (Al. 8 Ga. 2 ) 5 0 12 : It is preferable to use Ce.
- the weight ratio of the phosphor 11 is determined by:
- Phosphor of (Y—Gd—A 1— ⁇ : C e): Phosphor of Example 15 10: 3.8: 0.6.
- the phosphor of the comparative example was mixed in a coating member: (Y—Gd-A1-O: Ce) phosphor at a weight ratio of 10: 3.6.
- the light emitting device of Example 81 is compared with a light emitting device of a comparative example using a blue light element and a phosphor of Y-Gd-A1-O: Ce.
- Table 2 shows the measurement results of the light emitting device of Example 81 and the light emitting device of the comparative example.
- Y-Gd-A1-—: Ce phosphor is abbreviated as YAG.
- the light emitting device of Example 81 has improved color rendering properties as compared with the light emitting device of Comparative Example.
- the special color rendering index R 9 was insufficient, but in the light emitting device 1 of Example 81, R 9 was improved.
- the special color rendering index R 9 is a value obtained by measuring a color shift from a relatively high-saturation red standard color.
- the other special color rendering indexes R8, R10, etc. have also been improved to values closer to 100%. Lamp efficiency is high.
- the phosphor 11 mixed with the coating member 12 is a mixture of a phosphor of Y—Gd_Al-0: Ce and a nitride phosphor, but the two phosphors have different densities. Therefore, the higher the density and the smaller the particle size, generally the faster the sedimentation. Therefore, the phosphor of Y—Gd—Al—O: Ce precipitates first, and the nitride phosphor precipitates next. Therefore, even if the same coating member 12 and phosphor 11 are used, color unevenness occurs in the color tone of the light emitting device.
- the particle diameter of the nitride phosphor it is preferable to control the particle diameter of the nitride phosphor to a predetermined size so that the Y—Gd_Al-0: Ce phosphor and the nitride phosphor sediment almost simultaneously, and color unevenness is obtained. Not to cause Can be improved.
- the light emitting device of Example 82 is a type 2 (surface mount type) light emitting device shown in FIG.
- a light emitting element capable of emitting blue light a light emitting element having an InGaN-based semiconductor layer having a peak wavelength in the blue region of 450 nm as a light emitting layer
- the present invention is not limited to a light emitting element capable of emitting blue light, and for example, a light emitting element capable of emitting ultraviolet light of 380 to 40011 m can also be used.
- the light-emitting element 101 has a p-type semiconductor layer and an n-type semiconductor layer (not shown), and the p-type semiconductor layer and the n-type semiconductor layer have A conductive wire 104 connected to the lead electrode 102 via the mic electrode is connected. Further, an insulating sealing material 103 is formed so as to cover the outer periphery of the todo electrode 102, thereby preventing a short circuit. Above the light emitting element 101, a translucent window 107 extending from a lid 106 provided on an upper part of the package 105 is provided. A uniform mixture of the phosphor 108 and the coating member 109 according to the present invention is applied to almost the entire inner surface of the window 107 for light transmission.
- the phosphor of Example 60 (C a 0. 93 , Eu 0.. 5, Mn 0.. 2) phosphor 1Q (PO 4) 6 B r 2 , Y 3 (a 1 o 8 Ga 0 2..) 5 O 2: using the phosphor C e.
- the package 105 is a square having a corner with a side of 8 mm to 12 mm.
- the indirect light reflected by the reflector and the light directly emitted from the light-emitting element 101 are irradiated to the phosphor 108 to emit white light. Become.
- the yield can be increased to 99%.
- the light emitting diode of Example 81 it is possible to provide a light emitting device with good mass productivity, high power and reliability, and less color tone unevenness.
- the light emitting device of Example 83 is a type 3 (cap type) light emitting device shown in FIG.
- the phosphor used in the cap 16 is the phosphor of the embodiment 15.
- the phosphor of Example 15 is also used in the cup of the mount lead 13a. Since the phosphor is used for the cap 16, only the coating member 12 may be provided in the cup of the mount 13 a lead 13 a.
- a part of the light emitted from the light emitting element 10 is wavelength-converted by the phosphor of Example 15 when passing through the cap 16.
- the wavelength-converted light and the blue light not wavelength-converted by the phosphor are mixed, and as a result, white light is emitted from the surface of the cap 16 to the outside.
- Table 3 shows the characteristics of the nitride phosphors of Examples 84 to 87.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an excitation spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Example 86.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a reflection spectrum of the nitride phosphor of Example 86.
- FIG. 12 is an SEM photograph of the nitride phosphor of Example 86.
- FIG. 12A is photographed at 1000 ⁇ magnification.
- FIG. 12B is photographed at a magnification of 5000.
- Example 8 4-8 7 contains (C a 0. 9 7 E u 0. Q 3) A nitride phosphor represented by 2 S i 5 N 8, a predetermined amount of B. Emission luminance and quantum efficiency are shown as relative values based on the nitride phosphor of Example 84.
- the concentration was 0.03.
- the Eu concentration is the molar ratio of C a to the monole concentration.
- the raw material Si was pulverized to 1 to 15 m and nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the Si nitride was pulverized to 0.1 to 10 m. 20 g of the raw material Si was weighed and nitridated.
- the compound £ 11 2 0 3 of £, and the compound H 3 B0 3 of B were wet mixed.
- Compounds of Eu Eu 2 0 3 to 20 g, and the H 3 B0 3 was weighed in a predetermined amount. After the H 3 B0 3 with the solution, mixed with E u 2 O 3, and dried. After drying, firing was performed at 700 to 800 ° C for about 5 hours in an oxidizing atmosphere. As a result, palladium having a B content added was produced. After this firing, the mixture of Eu and B was pulverized to 0.1-: L 0 m.
- a nitride of Ca, a nitride of Si, and a mixture of Eu and B were mixed in a nitrogen atmosphere.
- Ca 3 N 2 (molecular weight 148.26) and Si 3 N 4 (molecular weight 140.31) were weighed and mixed with Eu and B such that the mixing ratio was attained.
- the amount of B added is 10 ppm, 200 ppm, 500 ppl O OOp pm based on the molecular weight of the final composition.
- the above compounds were mixed and fired.
- the firing conditions were as follows. The above compound was put into a crucible in an ammonia atmosphere, gradually heated from room temperature, fired at about 1600 ° C. for about 5 hours, and slowly cooled to room temperature.
- the added B remains in the yarn even after firing, but a part of the B is scattered by the firing, and the amount added in the final product is smaller than the initially added amount. May remain.
- the emission luminance and the quantum efficiency of the nitride phosphors of Examples 84 to 87 are set to 100% in Example 84, and are represented by relative values based on this value.
- the average particle size of the nitride phosphors of Examples 84 to 87 was 6.3 to 7.8 ⁇ m.
- the phosphor in Examples 84 to 87 contained oxygen in a range of 0.5 to 1.2 times. %.
- nitride phosphors according to Examples 84 to 87 were fired in an atmosphere using a crucible made of boron nitride.
- the nitride phosphors according to Examples 84 to 87 have extremely good temperature characteristics.
- the temperature characteristics of the nitride phosphor of Example 86 were 97% at 100 ° C and 70% at 200 ° C.
- the nitride phosphors of Examples 84 to 87 have a peak wavelength near 609 nm when excited by a 460 nm excitation light source.
- Table 4 shows the properties of the phosphors of Examples 88 to 92.
- Example 88 to 92 contains (Ca 0. 97 Eu 0. . 3) 2 A S i 5 N nitride phosphor represented by S, a predetermined amount of B. Based on the nitride phosphor of Example 88, the emission luminance and the quantum efficiency are shown as relative values.
- the £ 11 concentration is 0.03.
- the Eu concentration is a molar ratio to the molar concentration of Ca.
- Embodiments 88 to 92 differ from Embodiments 84 to 87 in the manufacturing method.
- the raw material Ca was ground to 1 to 15 m and nitrided in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, the Ca nitride was ground to 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m. The raw material Ca was weighed in an amount of 20 g and subjected to nitrification.
- raw material Si Crushed to ⁇ 15 / m and honeyed in a nitrogen atmosphere. After that, the Si nitride was pulverized to 0.1 ⁇ ; l O ⁇ m. The raw material Si was weighed at 20 g and nitridation was performed. A nitride of Ca, a nitride of Si, a compound of Eu, Eu 2 2 3 , and a compound of B, H 3 B ⁇ 3 were mixed in a dry manner. Compound E u 2 ⁇ 3 E u using the 20 g, H3 BO3 those predetermined amount balance amount.
- nitride Karushiu arm C a 3 N 2 as a raw material, nitride Kei containing S i 3 N 4, oxidation Yu port Piumu mixing ratio of E u 2 0 3 (molar ratio), C a : S i: E u l. 94: 5: 0.06
- the added amount of B is 10 ⁇ ⁇ , 200 pm, 500 p pm, and 1000 ⁇ m N l OOOO p pm based on the molecular weight of the final composition.
- the above compounds were mixed and fired.
- the firing conditions were as follows.
- the compound was put into a crucible in an ammonia atmosphere, gradually heated from room temperature, baked at about 1600 ° C. for about 5 hours, and slowly cooled to room temperature.
- Example 88 The emission luminance and quantum efficiency of the nitride phosphors of Examples 88 to 92 are 100% in Example 88, and are expressed as relative values based on this value.
- the average particle size of the nitride phosphors of Examples 88 to 92 was 6.0 to 7.2 m.
- the oxygen concentration is 0.7-1.0 weight. /. Met.
- Table 5 shows the properties of the nitride phosphors of Examples 93 to 98.
- Example 9 3 to 98 is a (S r 0. 97 Eu 0 .. 3) 2 S i ⁇ I ⁇ phosphor represented by S N 8, and the B contains a predetermined amount. Based on the nitride phosphor of Example 93, the emission luminance and the quantum efficiency are shown as relative values.
- the Eu concentration is 0.03.
- Eu concentration is Sr Is the molar ratio to the molar concentration of
- Examples 93 to 98 were manufactured by almost the same manufacturing method as Examples 84 to 87.
- Sr was used in place of Ca used in Examples 84 to 87.
- baking was performed at about 160 ° C., while in Examples 93 to 98, baking was performed at about 135 ° C.
- the average particle size of the nitride phosphors of Examples 93 to 98 was 2.1 to 4.7 ⁇ m.
- the oxygen concentration was 0.3-1.1% by weight.
Description
Claims
Priority Applications (11)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP03710450.2A EP1433831B1 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | Nitride phosphor and method for preparation thereof, and light emitting device |
CA2447288A CA2447288C (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | Nitride phosphor and method for preparation thereof, and light emitting device |
AU2003221442A AU2003221442A1 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | Nitride phosphor and method for preparation thereof, and light emitting device |
US10/478,598 US7258816B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | Nitride phosphor and method for preparation thereof, and light emitting device |
KR1020037015150A KR100961324B1 (ko) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | 질화물 형광체와 그 제조 방법 및 발광 장치 |
US11/252,111 US7297293B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2005-10-18 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
US11/905,725 US7556744B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2007-10-03 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
US11/905,720 US7597823B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2007-10-03 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
US12/453,535 US7964113B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2009-05-14 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
US12/453,534 US8058793B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2009-05-14 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
US12/453,587 US8076847B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2009-05-15 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
Applications Claiming Priority (18)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2002-80879 | 2002-03-22 | ||
JP2002080879A JP4009828B2 (ja) | 2002-03-22 | 2002-03-22 | 窒化物蛍光体及びその製造方法 |
JP2002-126566 | 2002-04-26 | ||
JP2002126566A JP2003321675A (ja) | 2002-04-26 | 2002-04-26 | 窒化物蛍光体及びその製造方法 |
JP2002-148555 | 2002-05-23 | ||
JP2002148555A JP4221950B2 (ja) | 2002-05-23 | 2002-05-23 | 蛍光体 |
JP2002-167166 | 2002-06-07 | ||
JP2002167166A JP4868685B2 (ja) | 2002-06-07 | 2002-06-07 | 蛍光体 |
JP2002-187647 | 2002-06-27 | ||
JP2002187647 | 2002-06-27 | ||
JP2002226855A JP4280038B2 (ja) | 2002-08-05 | 2002-08-05 | 発光装置 |
JP2002-226855 | 2002-08-05 | ||
JP2002348387A JP4218328B2 (ja) | 2002-11-29 | 2002-11-29 | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 |
JP2002348386A JP4214768B2 (ja) | 2002-11-29 | 2002-11-29 | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 |
JP2002-348387 | 2002-11-29 | ||
JP2002-348386 | 2002-11-29 | ||
JP2002351634 | 2002-12-03 | ||
JP2002-351634 | 2002-12-03 |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/478,598 A-371-Of-International US7258816B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | Nitride phosphor and method for preparation thereof, and light emitting device |
US11/252,111 Division US7297293B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2005-10-18 | Nitride phosphor and production process thereof, and light emitting device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2003080764A1 true WO2003080764A1 (fr) | 2003-10-02 |
Family
ID=28458108
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2003/003418 WO2003080764A1 (fr) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-03-20 | Phosphore de nitrure, procede de preparation de phosphore de nitrure et diode electroluminescente |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US7258816B2 (ja) |
EP (1) | EP1433831B1 (ja) |
KR (4) | KR100961322B1 (ja) |
CN (1) | CN100430456C (ja) |
AU (1) | AU2003221442A1 (ja) |
CA (1) | CA2447288C (ja) |
SG (3) | SG185827A1 (ja) |
TW (1) | TWI258499B (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2003080764A1 (ja) |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005103199A1 (en) * | 2004-04-27 | 2005-11-03 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Phosphor composition and method for producing the same, and light-emitting device using the same |
WO2006017125A2 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2006-02-16 | Evident Technologies | Micronized semiconductor nanocrystal complexes and methods of making and using same |
JP2007262154A (ja) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-11 | Toyoda Gosei Co Ltd | フェラスメタルアルカリ土類金属ケイ酸塩混合結晶蛍光体およびこれを用いた発光装置 |
JPWO2005093860A1 (ja) * | 2004-03-26 | 2008-02-14 | シャープ株式会社 | 発光装置 |
US7749405B2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2010-07-06 | Global Tungsten & Powders Corp. | White-emitting phosphor blend and electroluminescent lamp containing same |
US7824573B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2010-11-02 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Alloy powder for material of inorganic functional material precursor and phosphor |
US20100301371A1 (en) * | 2004-06-10 | 2010-12-02 | Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device |
US8088304B2 (en) * | 2007-03-06 | 2012-01-03 | Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung | Luminophores made of doped garnet for pcLEDs |
US8222805B2 (en) | 2007-07-02 | 2012-07-17 | Beijing Yuji Science And Technology Co., Ltd. | Oxynitride luminescent material, preparation method and its applications |
US20130168606A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2013-07-04 | Naoto Hirosaki | Phosphor and light-emitting equipment using phosphor |
US9719013B2 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2017-08-01 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Phosphor, method for producing a phosphor and use of a phosphor |
Families Citing this family (295)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR100961322B1 (ko) * | 2002-03-22 | 2010-06-04 | 니치아 카가쿠 고교 가부시키가이샤 | 질화물 형광체와 그 제조 방법 및 발광 장치 |
EP2290715B1 (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2019-01-23 | Nichia Corporation | Semiconductor light-emitting device, method for manufacturing the same, and light-emitting apparatus including the same |
KR100693969B1 (ko) * | 2003-03-10 | 2007-03-12 | 도요다 고세이 가부시키가이샤 | 고체 소자 디바이스 및 그 제조 방법 |
US7368179B2 (en) | 2003-04-21 | 2008-05-06 | Sarnoff Corporation | Methods and devices using high efficiency alkaline earth metal thiogallate-based phosphors |
KR100691143B1 (ko) * | 2003-04-30 | 2007-03-09 | 삼성전기주식회사 | 다층 형광층을 가진 발광 다이오드 소자 |
EP1620903B1 (en) * | 2003-04-30 | 2017-08-16 | Cree, Inc. | High-power solid state light emitter package |
US7005679B2 (en) | 2003-05-01 | 2006-02-28 | Cree, Inc. | Multiple component solid state white light |
US20050041433A1 (en) * | 2003-08-18 | 2005-02-24 | Visteon Global Technologies, Inc. | Automotive lighting system |
CN1886483B (zh) * | 2003-09-24 | 2010-06-16 | 电灯专利信托有限公司 | 具有改进颜色重现性的基于发光二极管的高效照明系统 |
JP4805829B2 (ja) * | 2003-09-24 | 2011-11-02 | パテント−トロイハント−ゲゼルシヤフト フユール エレクトリツシエ グリユーラムペン ミツト ベシユレンクテル ハフツング | 定義された色温度を有する白色発光led |
US7717589B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2010-05-18 | Panasonic Electric Works Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device using light emitting diode chip |
JP3931239B2 (ja) * | 2004-02-18 | 2007-06-13 | 独立行政法人物質・材料研究機構 | 発光素子及び照明器具 |
CN1954044B (zh) * | 2004-02-20 | 2013-04-24 | 吉尔科有限公司 | 使用磷光体转换发光二极管的有效光源的规则 |
JP2005286312A (ja) * | 2004-03-02 | 2005-10-13 | Fujikura Ltd | 発光デバイス及び照明装置 |
JPWO2005086239A1 (ja) * | 2004-03-05 | 2008-01-24 | コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 | 白色発光ダイオード(led)及び白色ledの製造方法 |
EP2078978A3 (en) * | 2004-04-26 | 2009-07-22 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | LCD backlight containing a LED with adapted light emission and suitable colour filters |
KR100655894B1 (ko) * | 2004-05-06 | 2006-12-08 | 서울옵토디바이스주식회사 | 색온도 및 연색성이 우수한 파장변환 발광장치 |
KR100665299B1 (ko) * | 2004-06-10 | 2007-01-04 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광물질 |
US8308980B2 (en) * | 2004-06-10 | 2012-11-13 | Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device |
US20060017041A1 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2006-01-26 | Sarnoff Corporation | Nitride phosphors and devices |
US7534633B2 (en) * | 2004-07-02 | 2009-05-19 | Cree, Inc. | LED with substrate modifications for enhanced light extraction and method of making same |
KR101209488B1 (ko) | 2004-07-06 | 2012-12-07 | 라이트스케이프 머티어리얼스, 인코포레이티드 | 효율적인, 녹색 발광 인광체 및 적색 발광 인광체와의 조합 |
JP4521227B2 (ja) * | 2004-07-14 | 2010-08-11 | 株式会社東芝 | 窒素を含有する蛍光体の製造方法 |
CN101018841B (zh) * | 2004-08-11 | 2011-03-30 | 独立行政法人物质·材料研究机构 | 荧光体及其制造方法和发光器具 |
US20060049414A1 (en) * | 2004-08-19 | 2006-03-09 | Chandran Ramachandran G | Novel oxynitride phosphors |
CN101014682B (zh) * | 2004-08-31 | 2010-06-30 | 住友化学株式会社 | 荧光物质 |
JP5081370B2 (ja) * | 2004-08-31 | 2012-11-28 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置 |
JP4659414B2 (ja) * | 2004-09-01 | 2011-03-30 | アバゴ・テクノロジーズ・イーシービーユー・アイピー(シンガポール)プライベート・リミテッド | 発光ダイオード及びそれを用いる発光制御システム |
CN101044222B (zh) * | 2004-09-22 | 2012-06-06 | 独立行政法人物质·材料研究机构 | 荧光体及其制造方法和发光器具 |
TWI256149B (en) * | 2004-09-27 | 2006-06-01 | Advanced Optoelectronic Tech | Light apparatus having adjustable color light and manufacturing method thereof |
DE112005002246T5 (de) * | 2004-09-29 | 2007-08-16 | Showa Denko K.K. | Fluoreszierendes Material auf Oxynitrid-Basis und Verfahren zur Herstellung hierfür |
US7452483B2 (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2008-11-18 | Global Tungsten & Powders Corp. | Yellow-emitting phosphor blend for electroluminescent lamps |
US8278816B2 (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2012-10-02 | Global Tungsten & Powders Corp. | High CRI electroluminescent lamp |
KR20060034055A (ko) * | 2004-10-18 | 2006-04-21 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 형광체 및 이를 이용한 발광소자 |
US7419839B2 (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2008-09-02 | Philips Lumileds Lighting Company, Llc | Bonding an optical element to a light emitting device |
US7671529B2 (en) * | 2004-12-10 | 2010-03-02 | Philips Lumileds Lighting Company, Llc | Phosphor converted light emitting device |
US7433115B2 (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2008-10-07 | Nichia Corporation | Light emitting device |
WO2006077740A1 (ja) * | 2004-12-28 | 2006-07-27 | Nichia Corporation | 窒化物蛍光体及びその製造方法並びに窒化物蛍光体を用いた発光装置 |
JP2006213910A (ja) * | 2005-01-06 | 2006-08-17 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | 酸窒化物蛍光体及び発光装置 |
US20060171152A1 (en) * | 2005-01-20 | 2006-08-03 | Toyoda Gosei Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device and method of making the same |
CN102585810A (zh) * | 2005-02-28 | 2012-07-18 | 电气化学工业株式会社 | 荧光体及其制造方法及使用了该荧光体的发光元件 |
US7439668B2 (en) * | 2005-03-01 | 2008-10-21 | Lumination Llc | Oxynitride phosphors for use in lighting applications having improved color quality |
US7276183B2 (en) * | 2005-03-25 | 2007-10-02 | Sarnoff Corporation | Metal silicate-silica-based polymorphous phosphors and lighting devices |
JP2006278980A (ja) * | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-12 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | 半導体発光装置 |
CN1854858A (zh) * | 2005-04-19 | 2006-11-01 | 夏普株式会社 | 发光装置、液晶显示装置和照明装置 |
KR101324004B1 (ko) * | 2005-05-24 | 2013-10-31 | 독립행정법인 물질·재료연구기구 | 형광체 및 그 이용 |
JP2007049114A (ja) | 2005-05-30 | 2007-02-22 | Sharp Corp | 発光装置とその製造方法 |
KR101194129B1 (ko) * | 2005-06-15 | 2012-10-24 | 니치아 카가쿠 고교 가부시키가이샤 | 발광 장치 |
JP4640248B2 (ja) * | 2005-07-25 | 2011-03-02 | 豊田合成株式会社 | 光源装置 |
US7329907B2 (en) * | 2005-08-12 | 2008-02-12 | Avago Technologies, Ecbu Ip Pte Ltd | Phosphor-converted LED devices having improved light distribution uniformity |
US9045830B2 (en) * | 2005-08-24 | 2015-06-02 | New Sts Limited | Luminescent material compositions and structures incorporating the same |
US20070052342A1 (en) * | 2005-09-01 | 2007-03-08 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Light-emitting device |
JP5118823B2 (ja) * | 2005-09-14 | 2013-01-16 | 東北リコー株式会社 | インク定着方法、インク定着装置及び印刷装置 |
KR100724591B1 (ko) | 2005-09-30 | 2007-06-04 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 소자 및 이를 포함한 led 백라이트 |
US7952108B2 (en) * | 2005-10-18 | 2011-05-31 | Finisar Corporation | Reducing thermal expansion effects in semiconductor packages |
TWI266441B (en) * | 2005-10-26 | 2006-11-11 | Lustrous Technology Ltd | COB-typed LED package with phosphor |
KR101258397B1 (ko) * | 2005-11-11 | 2013-04-30 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 구리 알칼리토 실리케이트 혼성 결정 형광체 |
US20070125984A1 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2007-06-07 | Sarnoff Corporation | Phosphors protected against moisture and LED lighting devices |
ATE439615T1 (de) * | 2005-12-01 | 2009-08-15 | Fiat Ricerche | Photolumineszenzmaterial verwendende durchsichtige anzeige |
US8906262B2 (en) * | 2005-12-02 | 2014-12-09 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Metal silicate halide phosphors and LED lighting devices using the same |
KR101055772B1 (ko) * | 2005-12-15 | 2011-08-11 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광장치 |
TWI396814B (zh) | 2005-12-22 | 2013-05-21 | 克里公司 | 照明裝置 |
CN101385145B (zh) | 2006-01-05 | 2011-06-08 | 伊鲁米特克斯公司 | 用于引导来自led的光的分立光学装置 |
JP4828248B2 (ja) * | 2006-02-16 | 2011-11-30 | 新光電気工業株式会社 | 発光装置及びその製造方法 |
KR100828891B1 (ko) * | 2006-02-23 | 2008-05-09 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | Led 패키지 |
EP1990396A4 (en) * | 2006-02-28 | 2011-05-11 | Mitsubishi Chem Corp | PHOSPHOROLE MATERIAL AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING AN ALLOY FOR PHOSPHOROUS RAW MATERIAL |
US7731377B2 (en) | 2006-03-21 | 2010-06-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Backlight device and display device |
KR100875443B1 (ko) | 2006-03-31 | 2008-12-23 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 장치 |
WO2007127029A2 (en) * | 2006-04-24 | 2007-11-08 | Cree, Inc. | Side-view surface mount white led |
JP2007305785A (ja) * | 2006-05-11 | 2007-11-22 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | 発光装置 |
JP2007308537A (ja) * | 2006-05-16 | 2007-11-29 | Sony Corp | 発光組成物、光源装置、及び表示装置 |
TWI422667B (zh) * | 2006-05-19 | 2014-01-11 | Mitsubishi Chem Corp | 含有氮之合金及使用其之螢光體之製造方法 |
CN101077973B (zh) * | 2006-05-26 | 2010-09-29 | 大连路明发光科技股份有限公司 | 硅酸盐荧光材料及其制造方法以及使用其的发光装置 |
KR20090034897A (ko) * | 2006-06-22 | 2009-04-08 | 코닌클리즈케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | 저압 가스 방전 램프, 백라이팅 시스템, 및 디스플레이 시스템 |
US7820074B2 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2010-10-26 | Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. | Phosphor, method for manufacturing same, and light emitting diode |
US7837455B2 (en) | 2006-07-28 | 2010-11-23 | Ethicon, Inc. | Apparatus and method for making suture packages |
US7820075B2 (en) | 2006-08-10 | 2010-10-26 | Intematix Corporation | Phosphor composition with self-adjusting chromaticity |
JP5331981B2 (ja) | 2006-08-15 | 2013-10-30 | ダリアン ルーミングライト カンパニー リミテッド | 複数の発光ピークを有するケイ酸塩ベースの発光材料、当該発光材料を調製するための方法、及び当該発光材料を用いた発光デバイス |
KR101258227B1 (ko) * | 2006-08-29 | 2013-04-25 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 소자 |
US20080054793A1 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2008-03-06 | Everlight Electronics Co., Ltd. | White light-emitting apparatus |
JP2008060344A (ja) * | 2006-08-31 | 2008-03-13 | Toshiba Corp | 半導体発光装置 |
CN101145593A (zh) * | 2006-09-14 | 2008-03-19 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | 发光二极管及其制备方法 |
US20100224890A1 (en) * | 2006-09-18 | 2010-09-09 | Cree, Inc. | Light emitting diode chip with electrical insulation element |
KR101241528B1 (ko) * | 2006-09-25 | 2013-03-08 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 발광 장치 |
US7789531B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2010-09-07 | Illumitex, Inc. | LED system and method |
EP2084242A4 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2009-12-16 | Sarnoff Corp | METAL SILICATE HALIDE PHOSPHORES AND LED LIGHTING DEVICES USING THE SAME |
JP2008135725A (ja) * | 2006-10-31 | 2008-06-12 | Toshiba Corp | 半導体発光装置 |
DE102006051756A1 (de) * | 2006-11-02 | 2008-05-08 | MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. | Lichtquelle |
JP5367218B2 (ja) | 2006-11-24 | 2013-12-11 | シャープ株式会社 | 蛍光体の製造方法および発光装置の製造方法 |
KR100946015B1 (ko) * | 2007-01-02 | 2010-03-09 | 삼성전기주식회사 | 백색 발광장치 및 이를 이용한 lcd 백라이트용 광원모듈 |
EP2109651B1 (en) * | 2007-02-07 | 2011-09-28 | Philips Intellectual Property & Standards GmbH | Illumination system comprising composite monolithic ceramic luminescence converter |
US20080197369A1 (en) * | 2007-02-20 | 2008-08-21 | Cree, Inc. | Double flip semiconductor device and method for fabrication |
DE102007009351A1 (de) * | 2007-02-23 | 2008-08-28 | Noctron Holding S.A. | Leuchtmittel |
JPWO2008111504A1 (ja) * | 2007-03-12 | 2010-06-24 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 高出力発光装置及びそれに用いるパッケージ |
JP4970095B2 (ja) * | 2007-03-19 | 2012-07-04 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 照明装置及びその発光方法、並びに撮影装置 |
JP5089212B2 (ja) * | 2007-03-23 | 2012-12-05 | シャープ株式会社 | 発光装置およびそれを用いたledランプ、発光装置の製造方法 |
US20080246185A1 (en) * | 2007-04-04 | 2008-10-09 | Bily Wang | Composition of led frame body and manufacturing method thereof |
WO2008132954A1 (ja) | 2007-04-18 | 2008-11-06 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | 蛍光体及びその製造方法、蛍光体含有組成物、発光装置、照明装置、画像表示装置、並びに窒素含有化合物 |
JP4903179B2 (ja) * | 2007-04-23 | 2012-03-28 | サムソン エルイーディー カンパニーリミテッド. | 発光装置及びその製造方法 |
US8232563B2 (en) * | 2007-06-14 | 2012-07-31 | Epistar Corporation | Light-emitting device |
KR101273083B1 (ko) | 2007-06-21 | 2013-06-10 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 발광장치 |
TWI347687B (en) * | 2007-07-13 | 2011-08-21 | Lite On Technology Corp | Light-emitting device with open-loop control |
WO2009017117A1 (ja) * | 2007-07-30 | 2009-02-05 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | 発光装置、照明装置及び照明装置を備えたクリーンルーム |
KR20090019677A (ko) * | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-25 | 삼성전기주식회사 | 옥시 나이트라이드 형광체, 이를 포함하는 백색 발광 소자및 형광체 제조 방법. |
WO2009025469A2 (en) | 2007-08-22 | 2009-02-26 | Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. | Non stoichiometric tetragonal copper alkaline earth silicate phosphors and method of preparing the same |
US20090050912A1 (en) * | 2007-08-24 | 2009-02-26 | Foxsemicon Integrated Technology, Inc. | Light emitting diode and outdoor illumination device having the same |
CN101378103A (zh) * | 2007-08-28 | 2009-03-04 | 富士迈半导体精密工业(上海)有限公司 | 白光发光装置及其制作方法 |
KR101055769B1 (ko) * | 2007-08-28 | 2011-08-11 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 비화학양론적 정방정계 알칼리 토류 실리케이트 형광체를채택한 발광 장치 |
WO2009028656A1 (ja) * | 2007-08-30 | 2009-03-05 | Nichia Corporation | 発光装置 |
DE102007057710B4 (de) * | 2007-09-28 | 2024-03-14 | OSRAM Opto Semiconductors Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung | Strahlungsemittierendes Bauelement mit Konversionselement |
EP2212400B9 (en) * | 2007-10-15 | 2014-04-16 | Leuchtstoffwerk Breitungen GmbH | Rare-earth doped alkaline-earth silicon nitride phosphor, method for producing and radiation converting device comprising such a phosphor |
TWI400787B (zh) * | 2007-11-13 | 2013-07-01 | Epistar Corp | 發光元件之封裝結構 |
US20120037886A1 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2012-02-16 | Epistar Corporation | Light-emitting diode device |
KR100932978B1 (ko) * | 2007-11-28 | 2009-12-21 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | 백색 형광체, 이를 이용하는 발광 장치, 및 이 발광 장치를백 라이트 유닛으로 사용하는 액정 표시 장치 |
US7810954B2 (en) * | 2007-12-03 | 2010-10-12 | Lumination Llc | LED-based changeable color light lamp |
US9431589B2 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2016-08-30 | Cree, Inc. | Textured encapsulant surface in LED packages |
JP2011508001A (ja) * | 2007-12-19 | 2011-03-10 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | 赤色発光SiAlONベース材料 |
KR100898288B1 (ko) | 2008-01-09 | 2009-05-18 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | 백색 형광체, 이를 이용하는 발광 장치, 및 이 발광 장치를백 라이트 유닛으로 사용하는 액정 표시 장치 |
US8040041B2 (en) * | 2008-01-21 | 2011-10-18 | Nichia Corporation | Light emitting apparatus |
DE102008005936A1 (de) * | 2008-01-24 | 2009-07-30 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Optoelektronische Anordnung |
JP2011512037A (ja) | 2008-02-08 | 2011-04-14 | イルミテックス, インコーポレイテッド | エミッタ層成形のためのシステムおよび方法 |
US20100244731A1 (en) * | 2008-02-13 | 2010-09-30 | Canon Components, Inc. | White light emitting diode, white light emitting apparatus, and linear illuminator using the same |
US8567973B2 (en) * | 2008-03-07 | 2013-10-29 | Intematix Corporation | Multiple-chip excitation systems for white light emitting diodes (LEDs) |
WO2009117148A2 (en) * | 2008-03-21 | 2009-09-24 | Nanogram Corporation | Metal silicon nitride or metal silicon oxynitride submicron phosphor particles and methods for synthesizing these phosphors |
JP5665160B2 (ja) * | 2008-03-26 | 2015-02-04 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | 発光装置および照明器具 |
KR100973238B1 (ko) * | 2008-03-26 | 2010-07-30 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 형광체 코팅방법 및 장치 그리고 형광체 코팅층을 포함하는led |
DE102009018603B9 (de) | 2008-04-25 | 2021-01-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Leuchtvorrichtung und Herstellungsverfahren derselben |
US8274215B2 (en) | 2008-12-15 | 2012-09-25 | Intematix Corporation | Nitride-based, red-emitting phosphors |
WO2009143283A1 (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2009-11-26 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Silicate-based phosphors and led lighting devices using the same |
KR100992778B1 (ko) | 2008-05-23 | 2010-11-05 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 발광소자 패키지 및 그 제조방법 |
US8021008B2 (en) * | 2008-05-27 | 2011-09-20 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Solid state lighting using quantum dots in a liquid |
US8262251B2 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2012-09-11 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Light fixture using doped semiconductor nanophosphor in a gas |
US8212469B2 (en) | 2010-02-01 | 2012-07-03 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Lamp using solid state source and doped semiconductor nanophosphor |
US7845825B2 (en) * | 2009-12-02 | 2010-12-07 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Light fixture using near UV solid state device and remote semiconductor nanophosphors to produce white light |
US8172424B2 (en) * | 2009-05-01 | 2012-05-08 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Heat sinking and flexible circuit board, for solid state light fixture utilizing an optical cavity |
US8028537B2 (en) * | 2009-05-01 | 2011-10-04 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Heat sinking and flexible circuit board, for solid state light fixture utilizing an optical cavity |
JP5524051B2 (ja) * | 2008-05-30 | 2014-06-18 | 株式会社東芝 | 白色光源、バックライト、液晶表示装置および照明装置 |
WO2009144922A1 (ja) * | 2008-05-30 | 2009-12-03 | 株式会社 東芝 | 白色ledおよびそれを用いたバックライトならびに液晶表示装置 |
TW201000806A (en) * | 2008-06-19 | 2010-01-01 | Lighthouse Technology Co Ltd | Light-emitting component and its forming mold |
TWI389344B (zh) * | 2008-08-25 | 2013-03-11 | Epistar Corp | 光電元件 |
JP5288967B2 (ja) * | 2008-09-22 | 2013-09-11 | ユー・ディー・シー アイルランド リミテッド | 発光素子及びその製造方法、並びに該発光素子を備えるディスプレイ |
JP4868427B2 (ja) * | 2008-11-13 | 2012-02-01 | 国立大学法人名古屋大学 | 半導体発光装置 |
US8287759B2 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2012-10-16 | Cree, Inc. | Luminescent particles, methods and light emitting devices including the same |
US9428688B2 (en) | 2008-11-17 | 2016-08-30 | Cree, Inc. | Phosphor composition |
US9464225B2 (en) * | 2008-11-17 | 2016-10-11 | Cree, Inc. | Luminescent particles, methods of identifying same and light emitting devices including the same |
TWI391471B (zh) * | 2008-11-21 | 2013-04-01 | Univ Nat Cheng Kung | Preparation method of nitride fluorescent powder |
TW201034256A (en) | 2008-12-11 | 2010-09-16 | Illumitex Inc | Systems and methods for packaging light-emitting diode devices |
EP2202284B1 (en) * | 2008-12-23 | 2012-10-17 | Korea Institute of Energy Research | Nitride red phosphors and white light emitting diode using rare-earth-doped nitride red phosphors |
CN101781558B (zh) * | 2009-01-14 | 2013-03-20 | 北京有色金属研究总院 | 一种硅基氮化物红色荧光体及其制备方法 |
US8044420B2 (en) * | 2009-01-15 | 2011-10-25 | Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc. | Light emitting diode package structure |
US7883910B2 (en) * | 2009-02-03 | 2011-02-08 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Light emitting diode structure, LED packaging structure using the same and method of forming the same |
JP4549438B1 (ja) | 2009-02-05 | 2010-09-22 | シーシーエス株式会社 | Led発光装置 |
KR100969146B1 (ko) * | 2009-02-18 | 2010-07-08 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 반도체 발광소자 및 그 제조방법 |
DE102009010705A1 (de) | 2009-02-27 | 2010-09-02 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Co-dotierte 2-5-8 Nitride |
KR101047603B1 (ko) * | 2009-03-10 | 2011-07-07 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 발광 소자 패키지 및 그 제조방법 |
US8610156B2 (en) * | 2009-03-10 | 2013-12-17 | Lg Innotek Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device package |
KR20100106053A (ko) * | 2009-03-23 | 2010-10-01 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 발광 장치, 이를 포함하는 발광 시스템, 및 이들의 제조 방법 |
US8168998B2 (en) * | 2009-06-09 | 2012-05-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | LED with remote phosphor layer and reflective submount |
DE102009030205A1 (de) * | 2009-06-24 | 2010-12-30 | Litec-Lp Gmbh | Leuchtstoffe mit Eu(II)-dotierten silikatischen Luminophore |
CN102473815B (zh) | 2009-07-02 | 2015-04-29 | 夏普株式会社 | 发光装置 |
DE102009037732A1 (de) | 2009-08-17 | 2011-02-24 | Osram Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung | Konversions-LED mit hoher Effizienz |
US8585253B2 (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2013-11-19 | Illumitex, Inc. | System and method for color mixing lens array |
US8449128B2 (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2013-05-28 | Illumitex, Inc. | System and method for a lens and phosphor layer |
US20110090669A1 (en) * | 2009-10-20 | 2011-04-21 | Tsung-Ting Sun | Led lighting device and light source module for the same |
TWI374704B (en) | 2009-11-09 | 2012-10-21 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Light transformation particle and photobioreactor |
US7998526B2 (en) * | 2009-12-01 | 2011-08-16 | Bridgelux, Inc. | Method and system for dynamic in-situ phosphor mixing and jetting |
US20110127555A1 (en) * | 2009-12-02 | 2011-06-02 | Renaissance Lighting, Inc. | Solid state light emitter with phosphors dispersed in a liquid or gas for producing high cri white light |
US9163802B2 (en) | 2009-12-02 | 2015-10-20 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Lighting fixtures using solid state device and remote phosphors to produce white light |
US8118454B2 (en) * | 2009-12-02 | 2012-02-21 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Solid state lighting system with optic providing occluded remote phosphor |
US8217406B2 (en) * | 2009-12-02 | 2012-07-10 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Solid state light emitter with pumped nanophosphors for producing high CRI white light |
JP5707697B2 (ja) * | 2009-12-17 | 2015-04-30 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置 |
DE102009055185A1 (de) | 2009-12-22 | 2011-06-30 | Osram Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, 81543 | Leuchtstoff und Lichtquelle mit derartigen Leuchtstoff |
US9719012B2 (en) * | 2010-02-01 | 2017-08-01 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Tubular lighting products using solid state source and semiconductor nanophosphor, E.G. for florescent tube replacement |
US8517550B2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2013-08-27 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Phosphor-centric control of color of light |
US8674392B2 (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2014-03-18 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Light-emitting device |
CN102844896A (zh) * | 2010-03-06 | 2012-12-26 | 柏布里特有限公司 | Led热量和光子提取装置 |
CN101798510A (zh) * | 2010-03-15 | 2010-08-11 | 彩虹集团公司 | 一种氮化物荧光粉材料及其制备方法 |
CN106190123A (zh) * | 2010-03-31 | 2016-12-07 | 奥斯兰姆施尔凡尼亚公司 | 磷光体和含有它的leds |
CN101831295A (zh) * | 2010-04-07 | 2010-09-15 | 江苏博睿光电有限公司 | 一种硅基氮化物红色荧光粉及其制备方法 |
SG185405A1 (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2012-12-28 | Lightscape Materials Inc | Oxycarbonitride phosphors and light emitting devices using the same |
EP2569247A4 (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2014-04-16 | Lightscape Materials Inc | PHOSPHORES BASED ON CARBONITRIDES AND LIGHT EMITTING DIODES USING THEM |
DE102010021341A1 (de) * | 2010-05-22 | 2011-11-24 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Leuchtstoffe |
KR100984273B1 (ko) * | 2010-05-25 | 2010-10-01 | 충남대학교산학협력단 | 질화물 형광체, 이의 제조방법 및 상기 형광체를 포함하는 발광 소자 |
US8834745B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2014-09-16 | Ocean's King Lighting Science & Technology Co., Ltd. | Oxyhalide luminescent material doped with rare earth containing metal particle and production method thereof |
WO2012006289A1 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2012-01-12 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Phosphor composition and light emitting device using the same |
US20120019126A1 (en) * | 2010-07-22 | 2012-01-26 | General Electric Company | Oxynitride phosphors, method of preparation, and light emitting instrument |
JP5783512B2 (ja) | 2010-07-26 | 2015-09-24 | シャープ株式会社 | 発光装置 |
US8835199B2 (en) * | 2010-07-28 | 2014-09-16 | GE Lighting Solutions, LLC | Phosphor suspended in silicone, molded/formed and used in a remote phosphor configuration |
US8198803B2 (en) | 2010-07-30 | 2012-06-12 | Everlight Electronics Co., Ltd. | Color-temperature-tunable device |
CN102376860A (zh) | 2010-08-05 | 2012-03-14 | 夏普株式会社 | 发光装置及其制造方法 |
CN102375314B (zh) * | 2010-08-09 | 2013-12-04 | 台达电子工业股份有限公司 | 光源系统及其适用的投影机 |
KR20130066677A (ko) * | 2010-09-10 | 2013-06-20 | 라이트스케이프 머티어리얼스, 인코포레이티드 | 실리콘 카바이도나이트라이드계 형광체 및 이를 사용한 발광장치 |
TWI393764B (zh) * | 2010-10-15 | 2013-04-21 | Chi Mei Corp | A phosphor and a light emitting device |
TW201213506A (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2012-04-01 | Chi Mei Corp | Phosphor and luminous device |
CN102986044B (zh) | 2010-10-15 | 2015-05-06 | 三菱化学株式会社 | 白色发光装置及照明器具 |
CN102082225A (zh) * | 2010-10-21 | 2011-06-01 | 罗维鸿 | 用于暖白光led及其荧光粉 |
JP2012114116A (ja) * | 2010-11-19 | 2012-06-14 | Olympus Corp | 発光装置 |
WO2012081247A1 (ja) * | 2010-12-17 | 2012-06-21 | パナソニック株式会社 | Led装置、およびその製造方法 |
US20120161170A1 (en) * | 2010-12-27 | 2012-06-28 | GE Lighting Solutions, LLC | Generation of radiation conducive to plant growth using a combination of leds and phosphors |
JP2012153873A (ja) * | 2011-01-04 | 2012-08-16 | Sony Chemical & Information Device Corp | 赤色蛍光体、赤色蛍光体の製造方法、白色光源、照明装置、および液晶表示装置 |
JP5695968B2 (ja) * | 2010-12-28 | 2015-04-08 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 赤色蛍光体、赤色蛍光体の製造方法、白色光源、照明装置、および液晶表示装置 |
EP2665796A1 (en) * | 2011-01-21 | 2013-11-27 | Osram Sylvania Inc. | Luminescent converter and led light source containing same |
KR101411255B1 (ko) | 2011-01-28 | 2014-06-23 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | 광원 모듈 및 이의 제조 방법 |
US8461752B2 (en) * | 2011-03-18 | 2013-06-11 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | White light lamp using semiconductor light emitter(s) and remotely deployed phosphor(s) |
US8803412B2 (en) * | 2011-03-18 | 2014-08-12 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Semiconductor lamp |
KR101215300B1 (ko) * | 2011-03-29 | 2012-12-26 | 순천대학교 산학협력단 | 산질화물계 형광체 |
US8986842B2 (en) | 2011-05-24 | 2015-03-24 | Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) | Color conversion films comprising polymer-substituted organic fluorescent dyes |
JP2012246462A (ja) | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-13 | Sharp Corp | 発光装置 |
JP5373859B2 (ja) * | 2011-07-05 | 2013-12-18 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 照明装置 |
DE102011113498A1 (de) * | 2011-09-15 | 2013-03-21 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Leuchtstoffmischung, optoelektronisches Bauelement mit einer Leuchtstoffmischung und Straßenlaterne mit einer Leuchtstoffmischung |
KR101270080B1 (ko) | 2011-09-22 | 2013-05-31 | 홍혜원 | 고휘도 실리콘 화합물 형광체, 그 제조방법 및 상기 형광체를 포함하는 발광 소자 |
CN202371641U (zh) * | 2011-10-14 | 2012-08-08 | 郑榕彬 | 具有双层荧光粉的led灯 |
CN102399552B (zh) * | 2011-11-08 | 2014-07-30 | 杭州广陵科技开发有限公司 | 一种用于白光led的氮化物红色荧光粉及其制备方法 |
KR101863548B1 (ko) | 2011-11-23 | 2018-06-05 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 산질화물계 형광체 및 이를 포함하는 발광장치 |
KR101877423B1 (ko) * | 2011-11-28 | 2018-07-11 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 산질화물 형광체 및 그를 포함한 발광소자 패키지 |
KR101883337B1 (ko) * | 2011-12-05 | 2018-07-30 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | 산질화물 형광체 및 그를 포함한 발광소자 패키지 |
US9017574B2 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2015-04-28 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Carbidonitride phosphors and LED lighting devices using the same |
CN103184047B (zh) * | 2011-12-28 | 2016-03-16 | 北京华美亮材料科技有限公司 | 一组复合荧光材料及其制备方法 |
US8663502B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2014-03-04 | Intematix Corporation | Red-emitting nitride-based phosphors |
CN104105660B (zh) | 2011-12-30 | 2016-08-24 | 英特美光电(苏州)有限公司 | 含有用于电荷平衡的间隙阳离子的氮化物磷光体 |
EP2820106B1 (en) * | 2012-02-29 | 2017-11-22 | SABIC Global Technologies B.V. | Polycarbonate compositions containing conversion material chemistry and having enhanced optical properties, methods of making and articles comprising the same |
CN104144902A (zh) | 2012-02-29 | 2014-11-12 | 沙特基础创新塑料Ip私人有限责任公司 | 用于生产低硫双酚a的方法、用于生产聚碳酸酯的方法以及由聚碳酸酯制作的制品 |
US9653656B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-05-16 | Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc. | LED packages and related methods |
US9938460B2 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2018-04-10 | National Taiwan University | Phosphor, light emitting apparatus and method of forming phosphor |
TWI527880B (zh) * | 2012-04-02 | 2016-04-01 | 呂宗昕 | 螢光粉體及發光裝置 |
US8637887B2 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2014-01-28 | Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc. | Thermally enhanced semiconductor packages and related methods |
KR101362185B1 (ko) * | 2012-06-22 | 2014-02-12 | 순천대학교 산학협력단 | 형광체 및 이를 포함하는 발광장치 |
CN102766458B (zh) * | 2012-06-30 | 2013-10-16 | 江苏博睿光电有限公司 | 一种高亮度氮化物红色荧光粉及其制造方法 |
CN102760820B (zh) * | 2012-07-10 | 2015-05-20 | 江苏博睿光电有限公司 | 一种白光led光源 |
US8597545B1 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2013-12-03 | Intematix Corporation | Red-emitting nitride-based calcium-stabilized phosphors |
KR101941450B1 (ko) * | 2012-08-02 | 2019-01-23 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 |
US8815121B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2014-08-26 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Halogenated oxycarbidonitride phosphor and devices using same |
JP6068914B2 (ja) * | 2012-10-09 | 2017-01-25 | デンカ株式会社 | 蛍光体の製造方法 |
KR101249444B1 (ko) * | 2012-10-25 | 2013-04-03 | 주식회사 포스포 | 토륨이 도핑된 가넷계 형광체 및 이를 이용한 발광장치 |
US9059379B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2015-06-16 | Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc. | Light-emitting semiconductor packages and related methods |
CN102899038A (zh) * | 2012-10-30 | 2013-01-30 | 江苏博睿光电有限公司 | 一种氮化物红色荧光粉及其制备方法 |
TWI470239B (zh) * | 2012-11-19 | 2015-01-21 | Wistron Corp | 絕緣狀態偵測系統、絕緣狀態偵測之方法及其螢光顯微鏡系統 |
TWI516572B (zh) | 2012-12-13 | 2016-01-11 | 財團法人工業技術研究院 | 螢光材料、及包含其之發光裝置 |
JP2014120731A (ja) * | 2012-12-19 | 2014-06-30 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | 半導体装置 |
TWI494413B (zh) * | 2012-12-22 | 2015-08-01 | Chi Mei Corp | 螢光體與發光裝置 |
CN103943759B (zh) | 2013-01-21 | 2018-04-27 | 圣戈本陶瓷及塑料股份有限公司 | 包括发光含钆材料的物件及其形成工艺 |
US9618191B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2017-04-11 | Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc. | Light emitting package and LED bulb |
TWI464238B (zh) | 2013-03-27 | 2014-12-11 | Chi Mei Corp | 螢光體與發光裝置 |
CN104109536B (zh) * | 2013-04-19 | 2016-03-02 | 四川新力光源股份有限公司 | 氮氧化物发光材料、制备方法及由其制成的led光源 |
EP2990457B1 (en) | 2013-04-25 | 2018-12-05 | National Institute for Materials Science | Phosphor, method for producing same, light-emitting device, and image display apparatus |
WO2014186548A1 (en) | 2013-05-16 | 2014-11-20 | Sabic Innovative Plastics Ip B.V. | Branched polycarbonate compositions having conversion material chemistry and articles thereof |
CN104241262B (zh) | 2013-06-14 | 2020-11-06 | 惠州科锐半导体照明有限公司 | 发光装置以及显示装置 |
KR20150026364A (ko) * | 2013-09-02 | 2015-03-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | 질화 붕소계 형광체, 그 제조 방법 및 이를 이용한 발광 소자 패키지 |
JP6156213B2 (ja) | 2013-09-17 | 2017-07-05 | 豊田合成株式会社 | 発光装置及びその製造方法 |
US20150138789A1 (en) * | 2013-11-21 | 2015-05-21 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Vehicle lighting system with photoluminescent structure |
TWI518170B (zh) * | 2013-12-26 | 2016-01-21 | 奇美實業股份有限公司 | 螢光粉體與發光裝置 |
KR102191211B1 (ko) | 2014-02-28 | 2020-12-15 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 |
CZ307024B6 (cs) * | 2014-05-05 | 2017-11-22 | Crytur, Spol.S R.O. | Světelný zdroj |
KR102441273B1 (ko) | 2014-08-27 | 2022-09-08 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 및 그 제조 방법 |
EP2988340B1 (en) | 2014-08-18 | 2017-10-11 | Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. | Light emitting diode package and manufacturing method thereof |
KR20160021491A (ko) | 2014-08-18 | 2016-02-26 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 |
US9200198B1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2015-12-01 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Inorganic phosphor and light emitting devices comprising same |
US9200199B1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2015-12-01 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Inorganic red phosphor and lighting devices comprising same |
US9315725B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2016-04-19 | Lightscape Materials, Inc. | Method of making EU2+ activated inorganic red phosphor |
KR102273653B1 (ko) | 2014-08-29 | 2021-07-06 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 |
KR102275147B1 (ko) * | 2014-09-12 | 2021-07-09 | 대주전자재료 주식회사 | 산질화물계 형광체 및 이를 이용한 발광 장치 |
JP6524624B2 (ja) * | 2014-09-19 | 2019-06-05 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置 |
KR102256594B1 (ko) | 2014-10-07 | 2021-05-26 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 |
KR102357584B1 (ko) | 2014-12-17 | 2022-02-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 질화물 형광체, 백색 발광장치, 디스플레이 장치 및 조명장치 |
JP6472728B2 (ja) | 2015-08-04 | 2019-02-20 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置および発光装置を備えたバックライト |
KR102477353B1 (ko) * | 2015-08-06 | 2022-12-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 적색 형광체, 백색 발광장치 및 조명 장치 |
JP6296024B2 (ja) * | 2015-08-28 | 2018-03-20 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 半導体レーザ装置 |
JP2017088800A (ja) * | 2015-11-16 | 2017-05-25 | サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド | 蛍光体およびその製造方法 |
US9882107B2 (en) * | 2016-01-12 | 2018-01-30 | Citizen Electronics Co., Ltd. | LED package with covered bonding wire |
CN106318394B (zh) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-11-30 | 河北利福光电技术有限公司 | 一种高亮度的粒径均匀的氮化物红光荧光粉及其制备方法和应用 |
CN106281322B (zh) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-11-30 | 河北利福光电技术有限公司 | 一种高效稳定led氮化物红色荧光粉及其制备方法 |
JP6669147B2 (ja) * | 2016-10-31 | 2020-03-18 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置 |
CN106520120B (zh) * | 2016-11-08 | 2019-04-23 | 河北利福光电技术有限公司 | 一种led氮化物红色荧光粉及其制备方法 |
US10290779B2 (en) * | 2016-12-15 | 2019-05-14 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Light emitting element |
DE102017102619B4 (de) | 2017-02-09 | 2022-10-06 | OSRAM Opto Semiconductors Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung | LED-Einheit und LED-Modul |
CN109423285B (zh) * | 2017-08-31 | 2023-09-26 | 日亚化学工业株式会社 | 铝酸盐荧光体及发光装置 |
JP6720944B2 (ja) * | 2017-08-31 | 2020-07-08 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 窒化物蛍光体の製造方法、窒化物蛍光体及び発光装置 |
JP7120745B2 (ja) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-08-17 | 日本特殊陶業株式会社 | 光波長変換装置及び光複合装置 |
JP7217709B2 (ja) | 2017-10-10 | 2023-02-03 | デンカ株式会社 | 赤色蛍光体及び発光装置 |
CN107739211B (zh) * | 2017-11-02 | 2020-08-04 | 赣州中蓝稀土新材料科技有限公司 | 一种黄绿色力致发光陶瓷材料及其制备方法 |
US10763414B2 (en) * | 2017-12-18 | 2020-09-01 | Rohm Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor light-emitting device |
US10236422B1 (en) * | 2018-05-17 | 2019-03-19 | Eie Materials, Inc. | Phosphors with narrow green emission |
CN112739796B (zh) | 2018-09-12 | 2024-01-09 | 电化株式会社 | 荧光体和发光装置 |
US11056615B2 (en) | 2018-09-28 | 2021-07-06 | Nichia Corporation | Method for manufacturing light emitting module with concave surface light guide plate |
US10788709B2 (en) * | 2018-10-30 | 2020-09-29 | Innolux Corporation | Lighting device |
TWI752295B (zh) * | 2019-01-25 | 2022-01-11 | 晶元光電股份有限公司 | 光電半導體裝置 |
CN113646404B (zh) * | 2019-04-03 | 2024-03-22 | 国立研究开发法人物质·材料研究机构 | 荧光体、其制造方法及发光元件 |
WO2020240986A1 (ja) * | 2019-05-27 | 2020-12-03 | 株式会社村田製作所 | 誘電体磁器組成物およびセラミックコンデンサ |
US11313671B2 (en) | 2019-05-28 | 2022-04-26 | Mitutoyo Corporation | Chromatic confocal range sensing system with enhanced spectrum light source configuration |
JP2021059641A (ja) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-04-15 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | 赤色蛍光体およびそれを使用した発光装置 |
KR20230012552A (ko) * | 2020-05-15 | 2023-01-26 | 루미레즈 엘엘씨 | 다색 광원 및 제조 방법들 |
CN111933783A (zh) * | 2020-08-03 | 2020-11-13 | 长乐巧通工业设计有限公司 | 一种高精度的led设备的封装工艺 |
KR20210031874A (ko) | 2021-03-03 | 2021-03-23 | 서울반도체 주식회사 | 발광 다이오드 패키지 |
EP4293732A1 (en) | 2022-01-20 | 2023-12-20 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Phosphor, light-emitting device, lighting device, image display device, and indicator lamp for vehicles |
KR102599819B1 (ko) | 2022-01-20 | 2023-11-08 | 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 | 형광체, 발광 장치, 조명 장치, 화상 표시 장치 및 차량용 표시등 |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000204366A (ja) * | 1999-01-08 | 2000-07-25 | Futaba Corp | 蛍光体の製造装置及び蛍光体製造用容器 |
JP2001144332A (ja) * | 1999-11-12 | 2001-05-25 | Sharp Corp | Led駆動方法およびled装置ならびにledランプ、ledランプ駆動方法と表示装置 |
WO2001040403A1 (en) * | 1999-11-30 | 2001-06-07 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh & Co.Ohg | Light source using a yellow-to-red-emitting phosphor |
Family Cites Families (53)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2997446A (en) * | 1959-02-16 | 1961-08-22 | Adams Irving | Method of producing electroluminescent aluminum nitride |
US3036014A (en) * | 1961-09-20 | 1962-05-22 | Adams Irving | Red emitting electroluminescent aluminum nitride |
JPH07133485A (ja) | 1993-11-10 | 1995-05-23 | Toshiba Corp | 希土類燐酸塩蛍光体の製造方法 |
JP2790242B2 (ja) | 1994-10-07 | 1998-08-27 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 窒化物半導体発光ダイオード |
JP3470734B2 (ja) * | 1995-02-17 | 2003-11-25 | 岩崎電気株式会社 | 積層型発光ダイオード |
JP2947156B2 (ja) * | 1996-02-29 | 1999-09-13 | 双葉電子工業株式会社 | 蛍光体の製造方法 |
JPH09260722A (ja) | 1996-03-19 | 1997-10-03 | Daido Steel Co Ltd | 指向性可変型発光装置 |
DE19638667C2 (de) | 1996-09-20 | 2001-05-17 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Mischfarbiges Licht abstrahlendes Halbleiterbauelement mit Lumineszenzkonversionselement |
JPH10112557A (ja) | 1996-10-08 | 1998-04-28 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | 発光装置及びそれを用いた表示装置 |
JP3565472B2 (ja) * | 1997-09-01 | 2004-09-15 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | イットリア/ガドリニア/ユーロピア共沈単分散球状粒子の製造方法及びそれにより得られるイットリア/ガドリニア/ユーロピア共沈単分散球状粒子 |
JPH11163419A (ja) | 1997-11-26 | 1999-06-18 | Rohm Co Ltd | 発光装置 |
JP3486345B2 (ja) | 1998-07-14 | 2004-01-13 | 東芝電子エンジニアリング株式会社 | 半導体発光装置 |
JP3645422B2 (ja) * | 1998-07-14 | 2005-05-11 | 東芝電子エンジニアリング株式会社 | 発光装置 |
US5914501A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 1999-06-22 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Light emitting diode assembly having integrated electrostatic discharge protection |
JP2000212556A (ja) | 1998-11-19 | 2000-08-02 | Ohara Inc | 蓄光性蛍光体、及び蓄光性蛍光粉体、並びにそれらの製造方法 |
US6284156B1 (en) * | 1998-11-19 | 2001-09-04 | Kabushiki Kaisha Ohara | Long-lasting phosphor, powdered long-lasting phosphor and method for manufacturing the powdered long-lasting phosphor |
TW498102B (en) * | 1998-12-28 | 2002-08-11 | Futaba Denshi Kogyo Kk | A process for preparing GaN fluorescent substance |
US6351069B1 (en) * | 1999-02-18 | 2002-02-26 | Lumileds Lighting, U.S., Llc | Red-deficiency-compensating phosphor LED |
DE50008093D1 (de) * | 1999-07-23 | 2004-11-11 | Patent Treuhand Ges Fuer Elektrische Gluehlampen Mbh | Leuchtstoffanordnung wellenlängenkonvertierende vergussmasse und lichtquelle |
JP3968920B2 (ja) | 1999-08-10 | 2007-08-29 | 双葉電子工業株式会社 | 蛍光体 |
JP2001127346A (ja) | 1999-10-22 | 2001-05-11 | Stanley Electric Co Ltd | 発光ダイオード |
JP2001172625A (ja) | 1999-12-20 | 2001-06-26 | Toshiba Corp | 真空紫外線励起蛍光体およびそれを用いた発光装置 |
JP3763719B2 (ja) | 2000-02-02 | 2006-04-05 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | オキシ窒化物ガラスを母体材料とした蛍光体 |
JP3809760B2 (ja) | 2000-02-18 | 2006-08-16 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光ダイオード |
JP2002050800A (ja) | 2000-05-24 | 2002-02-15 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | 発光装置及びその形成方法 |
CN1203557C (zh) | 2000-05-29 | 2005-05-25 | 电灯专利信托有限公司 | 基于发光二极管的发射白光的照明设备 |
KR100382481B1 (ko) | 2000-06-09 | 2003-05-01 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | 백색 발광 다이오드 소자 및 그 제조 방법 |
JP4817534B2 (ja) * | 2000-06-09 | 2011-11-16 | 星和電機株式会社 | 発光ダイオードランプ |
JP2002080843A (ja) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-03-22 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | 真空紫外線励起発光蛍光体 |
JP2002031531A (ja) | 2000-07-17 | 2002-01-31 | Tamagawa Seiki Co Ltd | レートセンサ |
JP2002042525A (ja) | 2000-07-26 | 2002-02-08 | Toyoda Gosei Co Ltd | 面状光源 |
JP3589187B2 (ja) | 2000-07-31 | 2004-11-17 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置の形成方法 |
JP2002076434A (ja) | 2000-08-28 | 2002-03-15 | Toyoda Gosei Co Ltd | 発光装置 |
JP4619509B2 (ja) | 2000-09-28 | 2011-01-26 | 株式会社東芝 | 発光装置 |
JP2002176201A (ja) | 2000-12-05 | 2002-06-21 | Okaya Electric Ind Co Ltd | 半導体発光素子 |
US6632379B2 (en) * | 2001-06-07 | 2003-10-14 | National Institute For Materials Science | Oxynitride phosphor activated by a rare earth element, and sialon type phosphor |
JP3668770B2 (ja) | 2001-06-07 | 2005-07-06 | 独立行政法人物質・材料研究機構 | 希土類元素を付活させた酸窒化物蛍光体 |
DE10133352A1 (de) | 2001-07-16 | 2003-02-06 | Patent Treuhand Ges Fuer Elektrische Gluehlampen Mbh | Beleuchtungseinheit mit mindestens einer LED als Lichtquelle |
US6737681B2 (en) * | 2001-08-22 | 2004-05-18 | Nichia Corporation | Light emitting device with fluorescent member excited by semiconductor light emitting element |
DE10147040A1 (de) | 2001-09-25 | 2003-04-24 | Patent Treuhand Ges Fuer Elektrische Gluehlampen Mbh | Beleuchtungseinheit mit mindestens einer LED als Lichtquelle |
KR100909733B1 (ko) | 2002-01-28 | 2009-07-29 | 니치아 카가쿠 고교 가부시키가이샤 | 지지기판을 갖는 질화물 반도체소자 및 그 제조방법 |
US6924514B2 (en) * | 2002-02-19 | 2005-08-02 | Nichia Corporation | Light-emitting device and process for producing thereof |
JP2003321675A (ja) | 2002-04-26 | 2003-11-14 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | 窒化物蛍光体及びその製造方法 |
JP4221950B2 (ja) * | 2002-05-23 | 2009-02-12 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 蛍光体 |
KR100961322B1 (ko) * | 2002-03-22 | 2010-06-04 | 니치아 카가쿠 고교 가부시키가이샤 | 질화물 형광체와 그 제조 방법 및 발광 장치 |
JP4263453B2 (ja) * | 2002-09-25 | 2009-05-13 | パナソニック株式会社 | 無機酸化物及びこれを用いた発光装置 |
TW200523340A (en) * | 2003-09-24 | 2005-07-16 | Patent Treuhand Ges Fur Elek Sche Gluhlampen Mbh | Hochefeizienter leuchtstoff |
US7229573B2 (en) * | 2004-04-20 | 2007-06-12 | Gelcore, Llc | Ce3+ and Eu2+ doped phosphors for light generation |
US20060017041A1 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2006-01-26 | Sarnoff Corporation | Nitride phosphors and devices |
US7476338B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2009-01-13 | Dowa Electronics Materials Co., Ltd. | Phosphor and manufacturing method for the same, and light source |
JP4009868B2 (ja) | 2004-10-27 | 2007-11-21 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 |
JP2005042125A (ja) | 2004-10-28 | 2005-02-17 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | 発光装置 |
JP4931372B2 (ja) | 2005-06-06 | 2012-05-16 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | 発光装置 |
-
2003
- 2003-03-20 KR KR1020097013178A patent/KR100961322B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2003-03-20 US US10/478,598 patent/US7258816B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-20 SG SG2009037094A patent/SG185827A1/en unknown
- 2003-03-20 WO PCT/JP2003/003418 patent/WO2003080764A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2003-03-20 KR KR1020037015150A patent/KR100961324B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2003-03-20 CA CA2447288A patent/CA2447288C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-20 CN CNB038004542A patent/CN100430456C/zh not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-20 SG SG2009037052A patent/SG173925A1/en unknown
- 2003-03-20 SG SG200600830-4A patent/SG155768A1/en unknown
- 2003-03-20 KR KR1020097013180A patent/KR100961342B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2003-03-20 EP EP03710450.2A patent/EP1433831B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-03-20 AU AU2003221442A patent/AU2003221442A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-03-20 KR KR1020097013179A patent/KR100983193B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2003-03-21 TW TW092106347A patent/TWI258499B/zh not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2005
- 2005-10-18 US US11/252,111 patent/US7297293B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2007
- 2007-10-03 US US11/905,720 patent/US7597823B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2007-10-03 US US11/905,725 patent/US7556744B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2009
- 2009-05-14 US US12/453,534 patent/US8058793B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-05-14 US US12/453,535 patent/US7964113B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2009-05-15 US US12/453,587 patent/US8076847B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000204366A (ja) * | 1999-01-08 | 2000-07-25 | Futaba Corp | 蛍光体の製造装置及び蛍光体製造用容器 |
JP2001144332A (ja) * | 1999-11-12 | 2001-05-25 | Sharp Corp | Led駆動方法およびled装置ならびにledランプ、ledランプ駆動方法と表示装置 |
WO2001040403A1 (en) * | 1999-11-30 | 2001-06-07 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh & Co.Ohg | Light source using a yellow-to-red-emitting phosphor |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See also references of EP1433831A4 * |
Cited By (30)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130168606A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2013-07-04 | Naoto Hirosaki | Phosphor and light-emitting equipment using phosphor |
US11697765B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2023-07-11 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Phosphor and light-emitting equipment using phosphor |
US11084980B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2021-08-10 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Phosphor and light-emitting equipment using phosphor |
US10072207B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2018-09-11 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Phosphor and light-emitting equipment using phosphor |
US9738829B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2017-08-22 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Phosphor and light-emitting equipment using phosphor |
TWI555825B (zh) * | 2003-11-26 | 2016-11-01 | 國立研究開發法人物質 材料研究機構 | 螢光體及其用途 |
JPWO2005093860A1 (ja) * | 2004-03-26 | 2008-02-14 | シャープ株式会社 | 発光装置 |
US8226853B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2012-07-24 | Panasonic Corporation | Phosphor composition and method for producing the same, and light-emitting device using the same |
US7811472B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2010-10-12 | Panasonic Corporation | Phosphor composition and method for producing the same, and light-emitting device using the same |
KR101041311B1 (ko) * | 2004-04-27 | 2011-06-14 | 파나소닉 주식회사 | 형광체 조성물과 그 제조 방법, 및 그 형광체 조성물을 이용한 발광장치 |
KR100847957B1 (ko) * | 2004-04-27 | 2008-07-22 | 마쯔시다덴기산교 가부시키가이샤 | 형광체 조성물과 그 제조 방법, 및 그 형광체 조성물을이용한 발광 장치 |
US8221649B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2012-07-17 | Panasonic Corporation | Phosphor composition and method for producing the same, and light-emitting device using the same |
WO2005103199A1 (en) * | 2004-04-27 | 2005-11-03 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Phosphor composition and method for producing the same, and light-emitting device using the same |
US8419975B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2013-04-16 | Panasonic Corporation | Phosphor composition and method for producing the same, and light-emitting device using the same |
US20100301371A1 (en) * | 2004-06-10 | 2010-12-02 | Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device |
WO2006017125A2 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2006-02-16 | Evident Technologies | Micronized semiconductor nanocrystal complexes and methods of making and using same |
WO2006017125A3 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2009-04-09 | Evident Technologies | Micronized semiconductor nanocrystal complexes and methods of making and using same |
US7749405B2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2010-07-06 | Global Tungsten & Powders Corp. | White-emitting phosphor blend and electroluminescent lamp containing same |
US8460580B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2013-06-11 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Alloy powder for raw material of inorganic functional material and phosphor |
US8801970B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2014-08-12 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Europium- and strontium-based phosphor |
CN103131410A (zh) * | 2005-04-01 | 2013-06-05 | 三菱化学株式会社 | 无机功能材料原料用合金粉末及荧光体 |
US7824573B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2010-11-02 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Alloy powder for material of inorganic functional material precursor and phosphor |
JP2007262154A (ja) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-11 | Toyoda Gosei Co Ltd | フェラスメタルアルカリ土類金属ケイ酸塩混合結晶蛍光体およびこれを用いた発光装置 |
US8088304B2 (en) * | 2007-03-06 | 2012-01-03 | Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung | Luminophores made of doped garnet for pcLEDs |
US8222805B2 (en) | 2007-07-02 | 2012-07-17 | Beijing Yuji Science And Technology Co., Ltd. | Oxynitride luminescent material, preparation method and its applications |
US9725646B2 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2017-08-08 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Phosphor, method for producing a phosphor and use of a phosphor |
US10711191B2 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2020-07-14 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Phosphor, method for producing a phosphor and use of a phosphor |
US9719014B2 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2017-08-01 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Lighting device comprising a primary radiation source and a first phosphor |
US11292965B2 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2022-04-05 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Phosphor, method for producing a phosphor and use of a phosphor |
US9719013B2 (en) | 2013-10-08 | 2017-08-01 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Phosphor, method for producing a phosphor and use of a phosphor |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2003080764A1 (fr) | Phosphore de nitrure, procede de preparation de phosphore de nitrure et diode electroluminescente | |
KR101065522B1 (ko) | 발광 장치 | |
JP4280038B2 (ja) | 発光装置 | |
JP4868685B2 (ja) | 蛍光体 | |
JP4214768B2 (ja) | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 | |
JP2005093912A (ja) | 発光装置 | |
JP4017015B2 (ja) | 発光装置 | |
JP5592764B2 (ja) | 発光装置 | |
JP4218328B2 (ja) | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 | |
JP4215046B2 (ja) | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 | |
JP2005093913A (ja) | 発光装置 | |
JP4215045B2 (ja) | 窒化物蛍光体及びそれを用いた発光装置 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AK | Designated states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS KE KG KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW |
|
AL | Designated countries for regional patents |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2447288 Country of ref document: CA |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 1020037015150 Country of ref document: KR |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 10478598 Country of ref document: US |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 038004542 Country of ref document: CN |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2003710450 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 2003710450 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 1020097013180 Country of ref document: KR Ref document number: 1020097013178 Country of ref document: KR Ref document number: 1020097013179 Country of ref document: KR |